Professional Documents
Culture Documents
January 2014
2x ( x 2 + 3)2 − 2 x × 2 x ⎛ 6 − 2 x 2 ⎞
1. f ( x) = ⇒ f '( x) = =⎜ 2 2 ⎟ M1A1
x +3
2
( x 2 + 3) 2 ⎝ ( x + 3) ⎠
6 − 2x2
f '( x) > 0 ⇒ 2 >0
( x + 3) 2
Critical values 6 − 2 x 2 = 0 ⇒ x = ± 3 M1A1
Notes
2x
M1 Applies the Quotient rule, a form of which appears in the formula book, to
x +3
2
If the formula is quoted it must be correct. There must have been some attempt to differentiate both terms.
If the rule is not quoted nor implied by their working, meaning that terms are written out
vu '− uv '
u = 2 x, v = x 2 + 3, u ' = .., v ' = ... followed by their , then only accept answers of the form
v2
( x 2 + 3) A − 2 x × Bx
A, B > 0 . Condone invisible brackets for the M.
( x 2 + 3)2
Alternatively applies the product rule with u = 2 x, v = ( x 2 + 3)
−1
If the formula is quoted it must be correct. There must have been some attempt to differentiate both terms.
If the rule is not quoted nor implied by their working, meaning that terms are written out
u = 2 x, v = ( x 2 + 3) , u ' = .., v ' = ... followed by their vu '+ uv ' , then only accept answers of the form
−1
( x 2 + 3) × A ± 2 x × ( x 2 + 3) × Bx .
−1 −2
M1 Setting their numerator of f '( x) = 0 or > 0 , and proceeding to find two critical values.
A1 Both critical values ± 3 are found. Accept for this mark expressions like x > ± 3 and ±1.73
dM1 For choosing the inside region of their critical values.
The inequality (if seen) must have been of the correct form. Either Ax 2 .... − B < 0 , C ...... − Dx 2 > 0
or x 2 < C .It is dependent upon having set the numerator > 0 or =0.
A1 Correct solution only. − 3 < x < 3 . Accept − 3 , 3 ( ) x < 3 and x > − 3
Do not accept x < 3 or x > − 3 or −1.73 < x < 1.73 .
Do not accept a correct answer coming from an incorrect inequality. This would be dM0A0.
Condone a solution x 2 < 3 ⇒ x < ± 3 ⇒ − 3 < x < 3
Do not accept a solution without seeing a correct f '( x ) first. Note that this is a demand of the question.
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
x = awrt 6.72°,96.72°,186.72° A1
(6 marks)
Notes
tan A + tan B
M1 Uses the compound angle identity tan( A + B) = to write the equation in the form
1 − tan A tan B
tan(2 x ± 50°) = 2 . Accept a sign error in bracket.
A1 tan(2 x + 50°) = 2
dM1 Uses the correct order of operations to find one solution in the range.
Moves from tan(2 x ± 50°) = 2 ⇒ 2 x ± 50° = arctan2 ⇒ x = ...
This is dependent upon having scored the first M1
A1 One correct answer, usually awrt 6.72° , but accept any of 6.72°,96.72°,186.72°
dM1 Uses the correct order of operations to find a second solution in the range.
This can be scored by 2 x ± 50° = 180 + their 63 or 360 + their 63 ⇒ x = ..
It may be implied by 90 + their 6.7, or 180 + their 6.7 as long as no incorrect working is seen.
This is dependent upon having scored the first M1
A1 All three answers in the range, x = awrt 6.72°, 96.72°,186.72°
Any extra solutions in the range withhold the last A mark.
Ignore any solutions outside the range 0 x 270°
Radian solutions will be unlikely, but could be worth marks only if 50° → 0.873 radians.
tan(2 x + 50)° = 2 ⇒ 2 x + 50° = 1.107.. will score M1A1dM0 and nothing else.
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
2 − tan 50°
tan 2 x = = (0.239...) M1A1
1 + 2 tan 50°
x = awrt 6.72°,96.72°,186.72° A1
(6 marks)
Notes
M1 Cross mulitiplies, collects terms in tan 2x and makes tan 2x the subject.
Allow for tan 2 x = ...
2 − tan 50°
A1 Accept tan 2 x = or the decimal equivalent tan 2 x = awrt 0.239
1 + 2 tan 50°
dM1 Correct order of operations to find one solution tan 2 x = ... ⇒ 2 x = arctan.. ⇒ x = ..
This is dependent upon having scored the first M1
A1 One correct solution usually awrt 6.72°
dM1 Uses the correct order of operations to find another solution in the range.
This can be scored by Either 2 x = 180 + their 13.4 or 360 + their 13.4 ⇒ x = ..
Or 90 + their 6.7, or 180 + their 6.7
This is dependent upon having scored the first M1
A1 All three answers in the range, x = awrt 6.72°, 96.72°,186.72°
Any extra solutions in the range withhold the last A mark.
Ignore any solutions outside the range 0 x 270°
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
2 tan x
2(alt 2 ) Similar to alt 1 but additionally uses tan 2 x =
1 − tan 2 x
(2 − tan 50) tan 2 x + (2 + 4 tan 50) tan x + (tan 50 − 2) = 0
tan x = awrt 0.118, − 8.49 M1A1
x = 6.72, 96.72, 186.72 dM1 A1dM1A1
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
3(a) ( )
4 x 3 + 2 x 2 + 17 x + 8 ≡ ( Ax + B ) x 2 + 4 + Cx + D
3
Compare x terms: A=4 B1
2
Compare x terms: B=2 B1
Compare either x term or constant term: 4A+C =17 or 4B+D =8
⇒ C = ..or D = .. M1
⇒ C = 1, D = 0 A1
(4)
4 4
∫ ∫
4 x 3 + 2 x 2 + 17 x + 8 x
(b) dx = 4x + 2 + dx M1
x2 + 4 x +4
2
1 1
4
⎡ 1 ⎤
= ⎢ 2 x 2 + 2 x, + ln( x 2 + 4) ⎥ M1, M1A1
⎣ 2 ⎦1
⎡ 1 ⎤ ⎡ 1 ⎤
= ⎢ 2 × 16 + 2 × 4 + ln(20) ⎥ − ⎢ 2 × 1 + 2 × 1 + ln(5) ⎥
⎣ 2 ⎦ ⎣ 2 ⎦
1 ⎛ 20 ⎞
= 36 + ln ⎜ ⎟ dM1
2 ⎝ 5 ⎠
= 36 + ln ( 2 ) A1
(6)
(10 marks)
Notes for Question 3
(a)
B1 States that A=4. It may be implied by writing out the rhs as ( 4 x + B ) ( x 2 + 4 ) + Cx + D
B1 States that B=2. It may be implied by writing out the rhs as ( Ax + 2 ) ( x 2 + 4 ) + Cx + D
M1 Compares either the x or constant terms and proceeding to find a numerical value of either C or D.
This mark may be implied by a correct value of either C or D.
A1 Both values correct C = 1, D = 0
4x + 2
x 2 + 0 x + 4 4 x3 + 2 x 2 + 17 x + 8
Alternatively can be scored via ‘division’.
4 x3 + 0 x 2 + 16 x
. + 2 x 2 + 1x + 8
2x2 + 0 x + 8
1x + 0
B1, B1 for sight of the 4 and the 2 in quotient 4 x + 2
M1 for proceeding to get a linear remainder
A1 The correct linear remainder. Accept x . If their division is unclear accept the answers in the correct
place in part b
(b)
M1 For using their answers to part (a) to rewrite the integral in the form
∫ ∫
4 x 3 + 2 x 2 + 17 x + 8 'C ' x + ' D '
dx = ' A ' x + ' B '+ dx with numerical values for A,B,C, and D.
x2 + 4 x2 + 4
We will condone a restart to this question in (b) but it would not score marks in (a)
M1 For the correct method of integrating the ' A ' x + ' B ' part. Follow through on their ‘A’ and ‘B’
2
A ( Ax + B )
Accept x 2 + Bx or . It cannot be scored for an attempt to integrate ( ' A ' x + ' B ') ( x 2 + 4)
2 2
'C ' x ln( x 2 + 4)
M1 For the correct method of integrating 2 . Accept constant × ln( x + 4) or constant × x
2
x +4 x
∫ ∫ ∫
'C ' x + ' D ' 'C ' x 'D'
This can be scored for values of D ≠ 0 as long as dx = dx + dx .
x2 + 4 x2 + 4 x2 + 4
1
A1 Correct integral 2 x 2 + 2 x + ln( x 2 + 4) + (c) . There is no requirement for +c.
2
dM1 For putting in limits, subtracting and correctly collecting terms in ln’s using subtraction law.
1 1
It is dependent upon having scored the previous M. Allow, for example, ln 20 − ln 5 = ln 2
2 2
A1 CSO and CAO 36 + ln ( 2 )
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
(11 marks)
Notes for Question 4
(a)
M1 Full method for their answer to g(1) being subbed into f. The order must be correct.
x+9 +5
Can be scored for seeing 1 being substituted into 2 3 −
2x + 3
A1 cso 7. Do not accept multiple answers.
Just ‘7’ would score both marks as long as no incorrect working is seen
(b)
M1 Calculates the value of g at either ‘end. Sight of 3 or 0.5 is sufficient.
A1 0.5 < g( x) 3 . Accept 0.5 < y 3
Also accept variations such as (0.5,3] , All values (of y) bigger than 0.5 but less than or equal to 3.
Do not accept this in terms of x.
(c)
M1 For an attempt to make x (or a switched y) the subject of the formula. For this to be scored they must
cross multiply and get both x (or switched y) terms on the same side of the equation. Allow slips.
dM1 This is dependent upon the first M being scored. In addition to collecting like terms they must
factorise and divide. Condone just one numerical/sign slip. Accept x being given as a function of y.
9 − 3x 3x − 9
A1 g −1 ( x ) = or g −1 ( x) = . Accept the form y =, g −1 = instead of g −1 ( x) but the function
2x −1 1 − 2x
must be in terms of x.
B1ft Accept either 0.5 < x 3 , (0.5, 3] or follow through on the candidates range to part (b).
The domain cannot be expressed in terms of y.
Do not follow through on y ∈ R ⇒ x ∈ R
(d)
M1 Attempts to find either f(0) or f(3). Evidence could be seeing 2 3 − 0 + 5 or 2 3 − 3 + 5
or the sight of 5 or 11.
A1 For a range with both ends, for example 5 < k < 11 , 5 k 11 , 5 k < 11 or alternatively getting one end
completely correct k 11 , or k > 5 . Accept y 11 etc
A1 cao 5 < k 11 . Accept (5,11] , k 11 and k > 5
Do not accept k 11 or k > 5 or 5 < y 11 for the final mark
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
dy
Substitutes (2, 0) AND rearranges to get
dx
M1
dy dy 16 ln 2 − 2
⇒ 2 + 12 = 16 ln 2 ⇒ = ( = 0.758)
dx dx 12
dy
Find equation of tangent using (2, 0) and their numerical dM1
dx
(16 ln 2 − 2)( x − 2)
y= oe A1
12
Accept y = 0.76 x − 1.52 (6)
(9 marks)
Alt 1
5 (a) Writes 2 x = e x ln 2 M1
Differentiates wrt x to get
dx
(
d x ln 2
e )
= e x ln 2 ln 2 = 2 x ln 2 cao dM1 A1*
(3)
Alt 2
Sets y = 2x and takes ln2 of both sides to get
5 (a) ln y M1
ln 2 y = x ⇒ = x ⇒ ln y = x ln 2
ln 2
(3)
Notes for Question 5
(a)
Sets y = 2 , takes ln of both sides, then uses index law to get ln y = x ln 2
x
M1
1 dy dy
dM1 Differentiates wrt x to get = ln 2 and then proceeds to = ..
y dx dx
1 dx
Alternatively differentiates wrt y to get = ln 2
y dy
dy
A1* = 2 x ln 2 . This is a given answer. All aspects of the proof must be present.
dx
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Alt a )
Writes 2 = e
x x ln 2
M1
dM1 Differentiates wrt x to get
dx
(
d x ln 2
e )
= Ae x ln 2
A1*
dx
e(
d x ln 2
)
= e x ln 2 ln 2 = 2 x ln 2 . This is a given answer. All aspects of the proof must be present
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(b)
dy
Uses the product rule to differentiate 3x 2 y . Evidence could be sight of Axy + 3 x
2
M1
dx
If the rule is quoted it must be correct. It could be implied by u=.., u’=.., v=.., v’=.. followed by their vu’+uv’.
dy
For this M to be scored y must differentiate to , it cannot differentiate to 1.
dx
dy
Differentiates 2 x + 3 y → 2 + 6 y
2
B1
dx
1 3 1 3 dy
Watch for people who divide by 4 first. Then x + y2 → + y
2 4 2 2 dx
⎛ ⎛ 1 ⎞⎛ 3 ⎞ ⎞
⎜ ⎛ 1 ⎞⎛ A ⎞ ⎜ − 2 ⎟⎜ − 2 ⎟ ⎛ A ⎞ 2 ⎟
⎜ ⎝ ⎠⎝ ⎠
= 2 × 1 + ⎜ − ⎟⎜ x ⎟ + ⎜ x ⎟ + ... ⎟
2 2
M1A1
⎜ ⎝ 2 ⎠⎝ 9 ⎠ 2 ⎝9 ⎠ ⎟
⎜ ⎟
⎝ ⎠
⎛ A 2 A2 4 ⎞
= 2 × ⎜ 1 − x + x + ... ⎟
⎝ 18 216 ⎠
A A 4
2
= 2 − x2 + x + ...
9 108
2
Compare to B − x 2 + Cx 4 ⇒ B=2 B1
3
A=6 B1
1 1
C =' '× ' A2 ' = dM1A1
108 3
(7 )
⎛ 1 ⎞⎛ ⎞⎛ ⎞
⎜⎜− ⎟⎟⎜⎜− 3 ⎟⎟⎜⎜− 5 ⎟⎟
(b) ⎜ ⎟ ⎜
⎝ 2 ⎠⎝ 2 ⎠⎝ ⎟⎜ 2 ⎠⎟ ⎛ A ⎞3 5 M1A1
6
Coefficient of x = 2× ×⎜⎜ ⎟⎟⎟ = −
3! ⎜
⎝9⎠ 27
(2)
(9 marks)
Notes for Question 6
For this question (a) and (b) can be treated as one whole question. Marks for (a) can be gained in (b)
(a)
1
−
2
B1 For taking out a factor of 9
1
− 1
Evidence would seeing either 6 × 9 2
or 6 × or 2 before the bracket.
3
1 ⎛A ⎞
M1 For the form of the binomial expansion with n = − and a term of ⎜ x 2 ⎟
2 ⎝9 ⎠
⎛ 1 ⎞⎛ A ⎞
To score M1 it is sufficient to see just either the first two terms. ie. 1 + ⎜ − ⎟⎜ x 2 ⎟ + ...
⎝ 2 ⎠⎝ 9 ⎠
or the first term and a later term if an error was made on term two. Condone poor bracketing
If the 9 has been removed ‘incorrectly’ accept for this M mark
⎛ 1 ⎞⎛ ⎞
⎜⎜− ⎟⎟⎜⎜− 3 ⎟⎟
−
1
⎛ 1⎞ ⎝ 2 ⎠⎝ 2 ⎠⎟
⎜ ⎟ ⎜
= 1 + ⎜⎜− ⎟⎟⎟(kAx2 ) + ( kAx2 )
2 2
(1 + kAx ) 2
⎜⎝ 2 ⎠ 2
A1 Any (unsimplified) form of the binomial expansion. Ignore the factor preceeding the bracket.
⎛ 1 ⎞⎛ 3 ⎞
⎜ − ⎟⎜ − ⎟ 2
⎛ 1 ⎞⎛ A 2 ⎞ ⎝ 2 ⎠⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎛ A 2 ⎞
1 + ⎜ − ⎟⎜ x ⎟ + ⎜ x ⎟ + ... is acceptable.
⎝ 2 ⎠⎝ 9 ⎠ 2 ⎝9 ⎠
The bracketing must be correct but it is OK for them to recover.
dM1 For substituting their numerical value of A into their coefficient of x 4 (involving A or A2 ) to find C.
The coefficient does not need to be correct but the previous M1 must have been scored.
1 36 .
A1 For C = . Accept equivalents like C = = 0.3
3 108
(b)
⎛ their ' A ' 2 ⎞
M1 For a correct unsimplified term in x 6 of the binomial exp with n = − 1 and term = ⎜ x ⎟.
2 ⎝ 9 ⎠
⎛ 1 ⎞⎛ ⎞⎛ ⎞
⎜⎜− ⎟⎟⎜⎜− 3 ⎟⎟⎜⎜− 5 ⎟⎟
⎟⎜ 2 ⎠⎝
⎝⎜ 2 ⎠⎝ ⎟⎜ 2 ⎠⎟ ⎛ A ⎞3
Sight of 2× ×⎜⎜ ⎟⎟⎟ with or without the factor of 2 with their numerical A
3! ⎜⎝ 9 ⎠
Accept with or without correct bracketing but must involve A3 .
5 A3 5 A3 5 A3
You may have to check − or 2 × − =− if there is little working
11664 11664 5832
Allow this mark if a candidate has a correct unsimplified fraction in part a, but then uses an incorrect
simplification in calculating the term in x 6 . This incorrect simplification must include ...A3
5 15 3240
A1 − or other exact correct equivalents such as − ,− . Accept with the x 6
27 81 17496
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
7 (a) Applies vu '+ uv ' with u=2x+2x2 and v=lnx or vice versa
f '( x ) = ln( x ) ( 2 + 4 x ) + ( 2 x + 2 x 2 ) ×
1
M1A1A1
x
(3)
Sets ln( x ) ( 2 + 4 x ) + ( 2 x + 2 x 2 ) ×
1
(b) = 0 and makes lnx the subject M1
x
1+ x
1+ x −
1+ 2 x
ln( x) = − ⇒x=e dM1A1*
1+ 2x
(3)
−
1+ x
(c) 1+ 2 x M1
Subs x0 = 0.46 i nto x = e
x1 = awrt 0.4675, x2 = awrt 0.4684 x3 = awrt 0.4685 A1,A1
(3)
(d) A= (0.47, -1.04) M1A1
(2)
(11 marks)
(3)
Notes for Question 7
(a)
M1 Fully applies the product rule to 2 x (1 + x ) ln x . This can be achieved by
Either setting u=2x+2x2 and v= lnx.
1
If the rule is quoted it must be correct and ln x → when differentiated. If the rule is not quoted, it can be
x
1
implied by u = 2 x + 2 x , v = ln x, u ' = A + Bx, v ' = followed by their vu’+uv’ only accept answers of the
2
x
form f '( x ) = ln( x ) ( A + Bx ) + ( 2 x + 2 x 2 ) ×
1
x
Or writing f ( x) = 2 x ln x + 2 x 2 ln x and attempting to apply the product rule to both parts. It must be seen to
be correctly applied to at least one of the products. See above for the rules.
1
Again insist on ln x → when differentiating.
x
Or applying the product rule to a triple product.
d
Look for expressions like (uvw) = u ' vw + uv ' w + uvw '
dx
A1 Two out of the four separate terms correct (unsimplified).
A1 (
All four terms correct (unsimplified) f '( x ) = ln( x ) ( 2 + 4 x ) + 2 x + 2 x 2 × ) 1
x
1 1
or if two applications f '( x ) = 2 ln( x ) + 4 x ln( x ) + 2 x × + 2x2 ×
x x
(b)
M1 Sets or implies that their f '( x ) = 0 and proceeds to make the lnx term the subject of the formula,
To score this f '( x ) does not need to be correct but it must be of equal difficulty. Look for more than one term
in lnx and two other 'unlike terms'
dM1 Dependent upon the last M1. For moving from ln x = ... ⇒ x = e...
1+ x
−
1+2 x
A1* CSO x = e .
All aspects of the proof must be correct including the position of the minus sign and the bracketing.
(b) Alt working backwards
1+ x
−
1+2 x
M1 By taking ln’s proceeds from x = e to ± ln x × (1 + 2 x ) = ± (1 + x )
dM1 Dependent upon the last M1. Moves to ± ln x × (2 + 4 x ) ± (2 + 2 x ) = 0
A1 For a statement that completes the proof. Accept ‘hence f '( x ) = 0 ⇒ solution is the x coordinate of A. All
aspects must be correct including their f '( x ) .
(c)
−
1+ x
1+2 x
M1 For an attempt to find x1 from the value of x0 by substituting 0.46 into e
−
1+ 0.46
1+2×0.46
Possible ways this can be scored could be sight of e or awrt 0.47
A1 x1 =awrt 0.4675.
A1 x2 = awrt 0.4684 x3 = awrt 0.4685
(d)
M1 For either x = 0.47, or y = −1.04 as a result of using x3 = 0.46 truncated or x3 = 0.47 rounded from part
c. Alternatively for substituting their answer for x3 in part (c) either to 4dp or rounded to 2dp into f ( x ) to find
the y coordinate of A. Accept sight of 2 × x3 (1 + x3 )ln x3
A1 A= (0.47, -1.04).
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
2 1 2
8 (a) 2cosec2 A − cot A = − 2cos ec2 A = B1
sin 2 A tan A sin 2 A
2 cos A
= − M1
2sin A cos A sin A
2 − 2cos 2 A
= M1
2sin A cos A
2(1 − cos 2 A) 2sin 2 A sin A
= = = tan A A1*
2sin A cos A 2sin A cos A cos A
(4)
5
(ii) tan θ + cot θ = 5 ⇒ cosec2θ = M1
2
1 ⎛2⎞
⇒θ = arcsin ⎜ ⎟ = awrt 0.206,1.37 dM1A1A1
2 ⎝5⎠
(6)
(10 marks)
2 1
Alt 8 (a) 2cosec2 A − cot A = tan A ⇒ − = tan A B1
sin 2 A tan A
2 cos A sin A
⇒ − = M1
2sin A cos A sin A cos A
×2sin A cos A ⇒ 2 − 2 cos 2 A = 2sin 2 A M1
⇒ 2(1 − cos 2 A) = 2sin 2 A
⇒ 2sin 2 A = 2sin 2 A QED (minimal statement must be seen) A1* (4)
sin θ cos θ 1 2
Alt tan θ + cot θ = 5 ⇒ + =5⇒ = 5 ⇒ sin 2θ = M1
8b(ii) cos θ sin θ 1 sin 2θ 5
2
This can now score all of the marks as it is effectively using part (a)
SC 1
tan θ + cot θ = 5 ⇒ tan θ + = 5 ⇒ tan 2 θ − 5 tan θ + 1 = 0
8b(ii) tan θ
⇒ θ = awrt 0.206,1.37 1,1,0,0
This is not using part (a) and is a special case with one mark per correct
answer. One answer =1000 Two answers=1100
Notes for Question 8
(a)
2
B1 Writes 2cos ec2A as
sin 2A
cos A
M1 Uses the double angle formula for sin 2A (see below) and cot A = to write the given expression in
sin A
terms of just sin A and cos A
2 2
For the double angle formula accept sight of or
2sin A cos A sin A cos A + cos A sin A
Condone sin 2 A = 2 sin cos for this method within their solution.
M1 For writing the given expression as a single fraction in terms of just sin A and cos A
The denominator must be correct for their fraction and at least one numerator must have been modified.
2 cos A 2sin A − 2sin A cos 2 A
Accept − → - not the lowest common denominator.
2sin A cos A sin A 2sin 2 A cos A
1 cos A sin A − 2 cos 2 A
Accept − → Incorrect ‘fraction’ but denominator correct
2sin A cos A sin A 2sin A cos A
A1* A completely correct proof. This is a given solution and there must not be any errors.
For this mark do not condone expressions like sin 2 A = 2sin cos
The 2’s must be cancelled at some point. It is OK for them to ‘just’ disappear
2sin 2 A
The 1 − cos 2 A term must be replaced with sin 2 A .
2sin A cos A
sin A 2sin 2 A
The expression must be clearly seen before being replaced by tan A but is OK
cos A 2sin A cos A
(b (i))
M1 Uses part (a) to write given equation in form tan 2θ = 3 and proceeding to θ = ..
This may be implied by A = 2θ as long as they proceed to θ = ..
Accept a restart as long as they get to the line tan 2θ = 3
π
A1 θ= . Accept awrt 0.524 (radians) but not 30° . Ignore extra solutions outside the range.
6
Withhold this mark if extra solutions are given inside the range.
The answer without working does not score any marks. The demand of the question is clearly stated – Hence
solve…meaning that you should see an equivalent statement to tan 2θ = 3
(b (ii))
M1 Uses part (a) to write given equation in form cosec2θ = C , where C is a constant.
It may be implied by sin 2θ = ..
dM1 Dependent upon the first method and is scored for the correct ‘order’ of operations.
1 ⎛1⎞
The mark is scored for cosec2θ = C ⇒ sin 2θ = ⇒ 2θ = arcsin ⎜ ⎟ ⇒ θ = ..
C ⎝C⎠
It can be implied by a correct answer only if the line cosec2θ = C is present.
A1 One correct solution awrt 0.206 or 1.37 . Accept awrt 0.0656π , 0.436π . Remember to isw here.
Accept awrt 11.8° or 78.2° if the mark in (bi) had been lost for 30°
A1 Both solutions correct and no extras inside the range. See above for alternatives.
The correct answers without working does not score any marks.
Special case where they produce answers from a quadratic in tan θ can score 1100 if they get both answers
and no others inside the range.
Marks
Question Scheme
Number
dx
u = 4 − x ⇒ x = (4 − u ) ⇒ = −2(4 − u )
2
9(a) M1A1
du
∫ ∫ ∫
dx −2(4 − u )du 8
= = − + 2du M1A1
4− x u u
= −8ln u + 2u (+c) dM1
(
= −8ln 4 − x + 2 4 − x (+c) oe ) A1
(6)
dh 4 − h
(b) Height increases when = > 0 ⇒ (0 <) h < 16 M1A1
dt 20
(2)
∫ ∫
dh 4 − h dh dt
(c) = ⇒ = B1
dt 20 4− h 20
(
⇒ −8ln 4 − h + 2 4 − h = ) ( ) t
20
+c M1A1
∫ ∫
dh 4 − h dh dt
Alt (c) = ⇒ = B1
dt 20 4− h 20
(
⇒ −8ln 4 − h + 2 4 − h =) ( ) t
20
M1
T
( ) ( =⎡ ⎤ )
h =10
t
⇒ ⎡ −8 ln 4 − h + 2 4 − h ⎤ A1
⎣ ⎦ h =1 ⎢⎣ 20 ⎥⎦ t =0
dM1,ddM1,
( ( ) (
⇒ −8 ln 4 − 10 + 2 4 − 10 )) ( (
− −8ln 4 − 1 + 2 4 − 1 ) ( )) =
T
20
A1
∫
A
M1 An attempt to divide their dx by u to get an integral of the form + B (du ) .
u
A1 A fully correct integral in terms of u. Condone the omission of du if the intention is clear.
∫ ∫ ∫
8 ⎛ 4 ⎞
Accept forms such as − + 2du −8u −1 + 2du −2 ⎜ − 1⎟
u ⎝ u ⎠
1
dM1 For integrating → ln u and increasing the power of any other term(s). It is dependent upon the previous
u
method mark. There is no need to set the answer in terms of x. There is no need to have +c
A1 For a correct answer in terms of x with or without +c. There is no requirement for modulus signs.
Accept either = −8ln 4 − x + 2 4 − x ( ) (
(+c) or = −8ln 4 − x − 2 x ) (+c) oe
(b)
dh dh
M1 Setting = 0 ⇒ h = ... or > 0 ⇒ h < .. . Accept h=16 for this mark.
dt dt
A1 Stating either h < 16 or 0 < h < 16 or 0 ≤ h < 16 or all values up to 16.
A correct answer can score both marks as long as no incorrect working is seen.
(c)
∫ ∫
dh dt
B1 Writing
4− h
=
20
or equivalent. It must include dh and dt but ∫ could be implied
A1 (
A fully correct answer with +c −8 ln 4 − h + 2 4 − h =) ( ) t
20
+c
dM1 Substitute t = 0, h = 1 in an attempt to find c. Minimal evidence is required. Accept t = 0, h = 1 ⇒ c = .. The
previous M must have been awarded.
A1 ( ) (
A correct equation ⇒ −8 ln 4 − h + 2 4 − h = ) 20t − 8 ln 3 + 6 oe.
Accept ⇒ −8 ln 4 − ( h ) + 2(4 − h ) =
t
20
+ awrt 2.79
ddM1 Substitute h=10 into their equation involving h, t and their value of c in an attempt to find t.
It is dependent upon both M’s being scored in this part of the question. Again accept minimal evidence
A1 Awrt 118 (years). The answer without any correct working scores 0 marks.
Condone x and h being interchanged in this part of the question.
(c Alt)
A1 Setting the limits is equivalent to understanding that there is a constant.
dM1 Using limits of 1 and 10 and subtracting ddM1 Using limits of 't' and 0 and subtracting
A1 A fully correct expression involving just ‘t’ A1 Awrt 118 (years). No working = 0 marks
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
⎛1⎞ ⎛ 2⎞ ⎛ 0 ⎞ ⎛ 3⎞ 1 + 2λ = 3µ
⎜ ⎟ ⎜ ⎟ ⎜ ⎟ ⎜ ⎟
10 (a) ⎜ 5 ⎟ + λ ⎜ 1 ⎟ = ⎜ 2 ⎟ + µ ⎜ −1 ⎟ ⇒ 5 + λ = 2 − µ any two of M1
⎜5⎟ ⎜ −1⎟ ⎜ 12 ⎟ ⎜ 5⎟ 5 − λ = 12 + 5µ
⎝ ⎠ ⎝ ⎠ ⎝ ⎠ ⎝ ⎠
Full method to find both λ and µ dM1
(2) +(3) ⇒ 10 = 14 + 4µ ⇒ µ = −1
Sub µ = −1 into (2) ⇒ 5 + 1λ = 2 − (−1) ⇒ λ = −2 A1
Check values in 3rd equation 1 + 2(−2) = 3(−1) . B1
⎛1⎞ ⎛ 2⎞ ⎛ 0⎞ ⎛ 3 ⎞ ⎛ −3 ⎞
⎜ ⎟
Position vector of intersection is ⎜ 5 ⎟ + −2 ⎜ 1 ⎟ OR ⎜ 2 ⎟ + (−1) ⎜⎜ −1⎟⎟ = ⎜ 3 ⎟
⎜ ⎟ ⎜ ⎟ ⎜ ⎟
ddM1,A1
⎜ 5⎟ ⎜ −1 ⎟ ⎜ 12 ⎟ ⎜ 5⎟ ⎜ 7⎟
⎝ ⎠ ⎝ ⎠ ⎝ ⎠ ⎝ ⎠ ⎝ ⎠
(6)
⎛ 2⎞ ⎛ 3⎞
⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟
(b) ⎜ 1 ⎟ . ⎜ −1 ⎟ = 2 × 3 + 1 × − 1 + − 1 × 5 = 0 M1
⎜ −1 ⎟ ⎜ 5 ⎟
⎝ ⎠⎝ ⎠
Scalar product =0, lines are perpendicular A1
(2)
⎛ −3 ⎞
JJJK ⎜ ⎟
(c) Let X be the point of intersection OX = ⎜ 3 ⎟
⎜ 7⎟
⎝ ⎠
⎛ −8 ⎞
JJJK JJJG JJJG ⎜ ⎟
AX = OX − OA = ⎜ −4 ⎟ M1
⎜ 4⎟
⎝ ⎠
⎛ −3 ⎞ ⎛ −8 ⎞ ⎛ −11⎞
JJJK JJJG JJJG ⎜ ⎟ ⎜ ⎟ ⎜ ⎟
OB = OX + AX = ⎜ 3 ⎟ + ⎜ −4 ⎟ = ⎜ − 1 ⎟ M1A1
⎜ 7 ⎟ ⎜ 4 ⎟ ⎜ 11 ⎟
⎝ ⎠ ⎝ ⎠ ⎝ ⎠
(3)
(11 marks)
Notes for Question 10
(a)
M1 For writing down any two equations that give the coordinates of the point of intersection.
Accept two of 1 + 2λ = 3µ , 5 + λ = 2 − µ , 5 − λ = 12 + 5µ
There must be an attempt to set the coordinates equal but condone slips.
dM1 A full method to find both λ and µ .
Don’t be overly concerned with the mechanics of the method but it must end with values
for both. It is dependent upon the previous method
A1 Both values correct µ = −1 λ = −2
B1 The correct values of λ and µ must be substituted into both sides of the third equation with some
calculation (or statement) showing both sides are equal. This can also be scored via the substitution
of µ = −1 λ = −2 into both equations of the lines resulting in the same coordinate.
ddM1 Substitutes their value of λ into l1 to find the coordinates or position vector of the point of
intersection. It is dependent upon having scored both methods so far.
Alternatively substitutes their value of µ into l2 to find the coordinates or position vector of the point
of intersection. It may be implied by 2 out of 3 correct coordinates.
A1 Correct answer only. Accept as a vector or a coordinate. Accept (-3, 3, 7)
(b)
⎛ 2⎞ ⎛ 3⎞
⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟
M1 A clear attempt to find the scalar product of the gradient vectors ⎜ 1 ⎟ .⎜ −1⎟
⎜ −1⎟ ⎜ 5 ⎟
⎝ ⎠⎝ ⎠
You must see an attempt to multiply and add. Eg 2 × 3 + 1× −1 + −1× 5 or 6 − 1 − 5 . Allow for slips.
A1 The above method must be followed by a reason and a conclusion. The scalar product must be zero.
Accept ‘=0, hence perpendicular’. Accept ‘=0, therefore proven’
©
JJJK JJJK JJJG JJJG
M1 An attempt to find the vector AX where X is their point of intersection using AX = OX − OA
This is scored if the ‘difference’ between the vectors or coordinates are attempted
JJJK JJJG JJJG JJJK JJJG JJJG
M1 Attempts to find the coordinate or vector of B using OB = OX + AX or OB = OA + 2 × AX
JJJG
Allow a misunderstanding on the direction of AX
⎛ −11⎞
JJJK ⎜
A1 Correct answer only. OB = ⎜ − 1 ⎟⎟ or − 11i − 1 j + 11k
⎜ 11 ⎟
⎝ ⎠
Do NOT accept the coordinate for this mark. Correct answer with no working scores all 3 marks.
The correct coordinate would score 2 out of 3.
B
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
π
11(a) 6sin t = 3 ⇒ sin t = 0.5 ⇒ t = B1
6
(1)
dy
dy 6cos t
(b) = dt = M1A1
dx dx −20sin 2t
dt
⎛π ⎞
6cos ⎜ ⎟
π dy 6cos t ⎝6⎠ =− 3
Sub t = into = = M1A1
6 dx −20sin 2t ⎛π ⎞ 10
−20sin ⎜ ⎟
⎝3⎠
y − 3 10
Uses normal gradient with (5, 3) ⇒ = M1
x−5 3
⇒ 3 y = 10 x − 41 A1*
(6)
©
M1 An attempt to substitute both x = 10cos 2t and y = 6sin t into 3 y = 10 x − 41 forming a
trigonometrical equation in just the variable t.
M1 Uses the identity cos 2t = 1 − 2sin 2 t and rearranges to produce a quadratic equation in sin t.
If the identity cos 2t = cos 2t − sin 2 t or cos 2t = 2cos 2t − 1 is used instead, one further step, using the
identity cos 2 t = 1 − sin 2 t , must be seen before the mark can be awarded.
A1 A correct 3TQ=0 in sin t. Look for 200sin 2 t + 18sin t − 59 = 0 or equivalent.
M1 For a correct attempt at solving the 3TQ=0 (usual rules) in sin t. Accept a correct answer (from a
graphical calculator) as justification.
59
A1 Award for either sin t = − oe or t = −0.63..
100
M1 Using either their t or sin t to find either the x or y coordinate of B.
Accept as evidence sight of 10cos 2 × ' t ' or 6sin' t ' or one correct answer (awrt 2dp).
A1 One coordinate both correct and exact. These are exact answers (3.038, - 3.54).
A1 Both coordinates correct and exact. Cso and cao (3.038, - 3.54).
Alternative solution to parts b and c using the Cartesian equation of C
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
5 2
Alt11(b) x = 10(1 − 2sin 2 t ) ⇒ x = 10 − y M1A1
9
dx 10 y 10 × 3 10
=− =− =− M1A1
dy y =3 9 9 3
y − 3 10
= ⇒ 3 y = 10 x − 41 M1A1
x−5 3
(6)
5 2 ⎛ 5 ⎞
Alt(c ) Sub x = 10 − y into 3 y = 10 x − 41 ⇒ 3 y = 10 ⎜ 10 − y 2 ⎟ − 41 M1
9 ⎝ 9 ⎠
⇒ 50 y 2 + 27 y − 531 = 0 M1A1
⇒ y = ...
5 2 M1
Substitutes y = ... into x = 10 − y
9
⇒ x = 3.038, y = −3.54 A1A1
(8)
10 − x 10 − x
Alt(c ) Sub y = 6 into 3 y = 10 x − 41 ⇒ 36 = 10 x − 41 M1
20 20
⎛ 10 − x ⎞
⎟ = (10 x − 41)
2
⇒ 362 ⎜
⎝ 20 ⎠
10 − x
Substitutes x = ... into y = 6 M1
20
⇒ x = 3.038, y = −3.54 A1A1
(8)
Notes for Question 11
(b)
M1 Uses the double angle formula cos 2t = 1 − 2sin 2 t to get the equation of C in the form x = f ( y 2 ) .
5 2 ⎛ ⎛ y ⎞
2
⎞
A1 The correct equation is obtained. That is x = 10 − y or equivalent x = 10 ⎜1 − 2 ⎜ ⎟ ⎟
9 ⎝ ⎝6⎠ ⎠
dx
M1 Differentiates wrt y (usual rules) and subs y=3 to get a numerical value to
dy
dx 10
A1 =− This may be implied by the correct value in the gradient of the normal.
dy 3
M1 Award for a correct method to find the equation of the normal.
dx y −5 dx
They must use (5, 3) and their numerical value of − . Eg =−
dy x − 3 dy
dx
If y = mx + c is used then it must be a full method with (5, 3) and with m = ''− '' as far as c =..
dy
A1* cso. This is a proof and you must be convinced of all aspects including the last line of
y − 3 10
= ⇒ 3 y = 10 x − 41
x−5 3
(c)
5 2
M1 Sub their x = 10 − y into 3 y = 10 x − 41 to produce an equation in y
9
10 − x
Alternatively subs their y = 6 into 3 y = 10 x − 41 to produce an equation in x
20
M1 Forms a quadratic equation in y (or x)
A1 For achieving 50 y 2 + 27 y − 531 = 0 / 500 x 2 − 4019 x + 7595 = 0 or equivalent
M1 For a correct attempt at solving the 3TQ=0 in y (or x).
If you see the answers you can award this. We are accepting answers from a calculator.
A1 Correct factors. If the correct y (or x) is given then this mark is automatically awarded.
M1 Substitutes their y = into their x = f ( y 2 ) ⇒ x = .. or vice versa
A1 One correct, either x = 3.038 or y =-3.54 The values must be exact
A1 Both correct. x = 3.038 and y =-3.54
1519 177
Accept x = ,y=− ,
500 50
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
y 2 = ( x(sin x + cos x) ) = x 2 (sin x + cos x ) 2
2
12(a)
= x 2 (sin 2 x + cos2 x + 2sin x cos x) M1
= x (1 + sin 2 x )
2
A1
π π
4 4
∫0
2
∫
V = π y dx = π x 2 (1 + sin 2 x) dx
0
A1*
(3)
π π
4 4
(b)
∫
V = π x (1 + sin 2 x) dx =
0
2
∫
0
(π x 2 + π x 2 sin 2 x) dx
π π
4 4
∫
= π x dx +
0
2
∫
0
π x 2 sin 2 xdx
π
π π
⎛π ⎞
3
π
⎛π ⎞
3 4
4
⎜ ⎟
4
⎡ x3 ⎤ ⎜ ⎟
∫
4
⎡ x3 ⎤
x dx = ⎢ ⎥ = ⎝ 4 ⎠
∫ ⎝4⎠ M1A1
π x 2dx = ⎢π π
2
⎥ = OR
0
⎣ 3 ⎦ 3
0
⎣3⎦ 3
0 0
⎛ ⎞
π
∫ x sin 2 x dx = π ± Bx cos 2 x ± C x cos 2 x dx ⎟
2 ⎜
⎜
⎝
2
⎟
⎠
∫ M1
⎛ ⎞
∫
cos 2 x
= π ⎜ − x2 + x cos 2 x dx ⎟ A1
⎜ 2 ⎟
⎝ ⎠
⎛ ⎞
= π ± Bx cos 2 x ± Cx sin 2 x ± D sin 2 xdx ⎟
⎜
⎜
⎝
2
⎟
⎠
∫ dM1
π π π
4 4 4
∫
V = π x (1 + sin 2 x) dx = π x dx +
0
2
∫ 0
2
∫ π x sin 2xdx
0
2
⎛ π ⎞ ⎛π2 π ⎞
4
=⎜ ⎟ +⎜ − ⎟ oe A1,A1
⎝ 192 ⎠ ⎝ 8 4 ⎠
(9)
(12 marks)
Notes for Question 12
(a)
M1 For squaring y AND attempting to multiply out the bracket. The minimum requirement is that
y 2 = x 2 ( sin 2 x + cos 2 x + .....) . There is no need to include 'π ' for this mark.
A1 Using sin 2 x + cos2 x = 1 and 2sin x cos x = sin 2 x to achieve y 2 = x 2 (1 + sin 2 x )
There is no need to include 'π ' for this mark.
You may accept sin 2 x + 2 sin x cos x + cos 2 x = 1 + sin 2 x
π
4
A1* It must be stated or implied that V = ∫ π y 2dx .
0
A correct proof must follow involving all that is required for the previous M1A1
The limits could just appear in the final line without any explanation. Note that this is a given answer
(b)
M1 For splitting the given integral into a sum and integrating x 2 or π x 2 to Ax 3 .
There is no need for limits at this stage
π π
⎛π ⎞ ⎛π ⎞
3 3
π π
⎡ x 3 ⎤ 4 ⎜⎝ 4 ⎟⎠ ⎜ ⎟
4 4
∫ ∫
⎡ x3 ⎤ 4
A1 x dx = ⎢ ⎥ =
2
. There is no need to simplify this. Accept π x dx = π ⎢ ⎥ =π ⎝ 4 ⎠
2
⎣ 3 ⎦0 3 ⎣ 3 ⎦0 3
0 0
M1 For integrating
∫ π x 2 sin 2 x dx or
∫ x 2 sin 2 x dx by parts. The integration must be the correct way
around. There is no need for limits. If the rule is quoted it must be correct, a version of which appears
in the formula booklet.
∫ ∫ ∫ ∫
cos 2 x cos 2 x
A1 x 2 sin 2 x dx = − x 2 + x cos 2 x dx OR π x 2 sin 2 x dx = −π x 2 + π x cos 2 x dx
2 2
dM1 A second application by parts, the correct way around. No need for limits. See the previous M1 for
how to award. It is dependent upon this having been awarded.
∫
Look for x 2 sin 2 x dx = ± Bx 2 cos 2 x ± Cx sin 2 x ±
∫ D sin 2x dx
∫
cos 2 x sin 2 x cos 2 x
A1 A fully correct answer to the integral of x 2 sin 2 x dx = − x 2 +x +
2 2 4
ddM1 For substituting in both limits and subtracting. The two M’s for int by parts must have been scored.
⎛ π4 ⎞ ⎛π2 π ⎞ ⎛ π3 ⎞
A1 Either of ⎜ ⎟ linked to first M or ⎜ − ⎟ linked to ddM. Accept in the form π ⎜ + ... ⎟
⎝ 192 ⎠ ⎝ 8 4⎠ ⎝ 192 ⎠
⎛ π3 π 1⎞
A1 Correct answer and correct solution only. Accept exact equivalents V = π ⎜ + − ⎟
⎝ 192 8 4 ⎠
Alt way (2)- Where candidate does not split up first.
π π
4 4
2nd M1
∫ π x (1 + sin 2x)dx = π x ( x ± A cos 2x ) − ∫ B π x ( x ± A cos 2 x ) dx
(b)
V= 2 2
0 0
π
4
∫
⎛ cos 2 x ⎞ ⎛ cos 2 x ⎞
= π x ⎜x− 2
⎟ − 2π x⎜ x − ⎟ dx
A1
⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎝ 2 ⎠
0
⎛ π
⎞
⎜ 4
⎟
⎜
⎜ 0
∫
= π ⎜ x 2 ( x ± A cos 2 x ) − Bx ( Cx 2 ± D sin 2 x ) ± Ex 2 ± F sin 2 x dx ⎟
⎟
⎟
3rd dM1
⎝ ⎠
⎛ π
⎞
⎜ ⎛ ⎛ x sin 2 x ⎞
4
⎛ x sin 2 x ⎞ ⎟
∫
cos 2 x ⎞ 2 2
= π ⎜ x2 ⎜ x − ⎟ − 2 x ⎜ − ⎟ + 2 ⎜ − ⎟ dx ⎟ A1
⎜ ⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎝ 2 4 ⎠ ⎝ 2 4 ⎠ ⎟
⎜ 0 ⎟
⎝ ⎠
1ST M1,A1 Seen after two (not necessarily) correct applications of integration by parts, it is for integrating
the x 2 term
2nd M1A1 It is for the first attempt at an application of integration by parts on
∫ x2 (1 + sin 2 x)dx
π
4
2
∫
Look for x ( x ± A cos 2 x ) − Bx ( x ± A cos 2 x ) dx for the method
0
3rd dM1A1 It is for a further attempt at an application of integration by parts the correct way around.
It is dependent upon the first method having been awarded.
π
4
2
(
Look for = x ( x ± A cos 2 x ) − Bx Cx ± D sin 2 x ±
2
) ∫ Ex ± F sin 2x dx
0
2
Pearson Education Limited. Registered company number 872828
with its registered office at Edinburgh Gate, Harlow, Essex CM20 2JE
Mark Scheme (Results)
Summer 2014
1. Factorisation
( x 2 bx c ) ( x p )( x q ), where pq c , leading to x = …
( ax 2 bx c ) ( mx p )( nx q ), where pq c and mn a , leading to x = …
2. Formula
Attempt to use correct formula (with values for a, b and c).
1. Differentiation
n 1
Power of at least one term decreased by 1. ( x x )
n
2. Integration
n 1
Power of at least one term increased by 1. ( x x
n
)
Use of a formula
Where a method involves using a formula that has been learnt, the advice given in recent
examiners’ reports is that the formula should be quoted first.
Exact answers
Examiners’ reports have emphasised that where, for example, an exact answer is asked for,
or working with surds is clearly required, marks will normally be lost if the candidate resorts
to using rounded decimals.
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
1. (a) f (1.5) 1.75 , f (2) 8 M1
Sign change (and f ( x) is continuous) therefore there is a root {lies in the interval 1.5, 2 } A1
[2]
1
1 3
(b) x1 5 (1.5) M1
2
x1 1.6198 , x1 1.6198 cao A1cao
x2 1.612159576... , x3 1.612649754... x2 awrt 1.6122 and x3 awrt 1.6126 A1
[3]
(c) f (1.61255) 0.001166022687... , f (1.61265) 0.0004942645692...
Sign change (and as f ( x) is continuous) therefore a root lies in the interval
M1A1
1.61255, 1.61265 1.6126 (4 dp)
[2]
7
Notes
(a) M1: Attempts to evaluate both f (1.5) and f (2) and finds at least one of f (1.5) awrt 1.8 or truncated 1.7
or f (2) 8 Must be using this interval or a sub interval e.g.[1.55, 1.95] not interval which goes outside the
given interval such as [1.6, 2.1]
A1: both f (1.5) awrt 1.8 or truncated 1.7 and f (2) 8 , states sign change { or f(1.5) < 0 < f(2)
or f(1.5) f(2) < 0 } or f(1.5) <0 and f(2) >0; and conclusion e.g. therefore a root [lies in the interval 1.5, 2 ]or
“so result shown” or qed or “tick” etc…
(c) M1: Choose suitable interval for x, e.g. 1.61255, 1.61265 and at least one attempt to evaluate f(x).
A minority of candidate may choose a tighter range which should include1.61262 (alpha to 5dp),
e.g. 1.61259, 1.61263 This would be acceptable for both marks, provided the conditions for the A mark
are met.
A1: needs (i) both evaluations correct to 1 sf, (either rounded or truncated) e.g. -0.001 and 0.0005 or 0.0004
(ii) sign change stated and
(iii)some form of conclusion which may be :
1.6126 or “so result shown” or qed or tick or equivalent
N.B. f(1.61264)=0.0003 (to 1 sf)
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
dy dy
2. 3x 2 3 y 3x 1 3 y 2 0 M1 A1 M1
dx dx
dy 3x 2 3 y 1
not necessarily required.
dx 3x 3 y 2
dy 3(2) 2 3(1) 1 14
At 2, 1 , m T M1
dx 3(2) 3( 1) 2 3
14
T: y 1 x 2 dM1
3
T: 14 x 3 y 31 0 or equivalent A1
[6]
6
Notes
dy dy
1st M1: Differentiates implicitly to include either ky 2 or 3 x .
dx dx
dy
(Ignore at start and omission of = 0 at end.)
dx
dy
1st A1: x 3 3 x 2 and x y 3 11 1 3 y 2 (so the -11 should have gone) and = 0 needed here or implied
dx
dy
by further work. Ignore at start.
dx
dy dy
2nd M1: An attempt to apply the product rule: 3xy 3 y 3 x or 3 y 3 x o.e.
dx dx
3rd M1: Correct method to collect two (not three) dy/dx terms and to evaluate the gradient at x 2 y = -1 (This stage
may imply the earlier “=0”)
4th dM1: This is dependent on all previous method marks
14 14
Uses line equation with their . May use y x c and attempt to evaluate c by substituting x = 2 and y = -1.
3 3
(May be implied by correct answer)
2nd A1: Any positive or negative whole number multiple of 14 x 3 y 31 0 is acceptable. Must have = 0.
dx dy
N.B. If anyone attempts the question using instead of , please send to review
dy dx
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
Apply quotient rule : Or apply product rule to
y cos 2 (1 sin 2 ) 1
3. u cos 2 v 1 sin 2 u cos 2 v (1 sin 2 )
1
du dv du dv 2
d 2 sin 2 2 cos 2 2sin 2 2cos 2 (1 sin 2 )
d d d
dy 2sin 2 (1 sin 2 ) 2cos 2 2 2 1 sin 2 1 sin 2 2 cos 2 2 1 sin 2 2 M1 A1
d (1 sin 2 ) 2
2sin 2 2sin 2 2 2cos 2 2 (1 sin 2 )2 { 2sin 2 2sin 2 2 2cos 2 2
(1 sin 2 ) 2
2sin 2 2
(1 sin 2 ) 2 { 2sin 2 2} M1
(1 sin 2 ) 2
2(1 sin 2 ) 2
A1 cso
(1 sin 2 ) 2
1 sin 2
[4]
4
Notes
cos 2
M1: Applies the Quotient rule, a form of which appears in the formula book, to
1 sin 2
If the formula is quoted it must be correct. There must have been some attempt to differentiate both terms.
If the rule is not quoted nor implied by their working, meaning that terms are written out
vu ' uv '
u cos 2 , v 1 sin 2 , u ' .., v ' ... followed by their , then only accept answers of the form
v2
(1 sin 2 ) A sin 2 cos 2 ( B cos 2 )
where A and B are constant (could be 1) Condone “invisible”
(1 sin 2 ) 2
brackets for the M mark. If double angle formulae are used give marks for correct work.
Alternatively applies the product rule with u cos 2 , v (1 sin 2 ) 1
If the formula is quoted it must be correct. There must have been some attempt to differentiate both terms.
If the rule is not quoted nor implied by their working, meaning that terms are written out
u cos 2 , v (1 sin 2 ) 1 , u ' .., v ' ... followed by their vu ' uv ' ,
then only accept answers of the form 1 sin 2 1 A sin 2 cos 2 1 sin 2 2 B cos 2 .
Condone “invisible brackets” for the M. If double angle formulae are used give marks for correct work.
dy
A1: Any fully correct (unsimplified) form of If double angle formulae are used give marks for correct work.
d
dy 2sin 2 (1 sin 2 ) 2cos 2 2
Accept versions of for use of the quotient rule or versions of
d (1 sin 2 ) 2
dy
1 sin 2 1 2 sin 2 cos 2 (1) 1 sin 2 2 2 cos 2 for use of the product rule.
d
M1: Applies sin 2 2 cos 2 2 1 or 2sin 2 2 2cos 2 2 2 correctly to eliminate squared trig.
terms from the numerator to obtain an expression of the form k sin 2 where k and are constants
(including 1) If double angle formulae have been used give marks only if correct work leads to answer in
correct form. (If in doubt, send to review)
A1: Need to see factorisation of numerator then answer, which is cso
2 a
so or and a = - 2, with no previous errors
1 sin 2 1 sin 2
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
(2 x 3)13 M1
(2 x 3)13
4. (a) (2 x 3) dx
12
c (2 x 3)
13
5x 5 5 M1
(b) dt ln(4 x 2 1) c or ln( x 2 41 ) {+k }
4x 1
2
8 8 A1
[2]
4
Notes
(a) M1: Gives (2 x 3)13 where λ is a constant or ( x 32 )13
(2 x 3)13 212
A1: Coefficient does not need to be simplified so is awarded for or for ( x 32 )13 i.e.
(13)(2) 13
4096
( x 32 )13
13
Ignore subsequent errors and condone lack of constant c
N.B. If a binomial expansion is attempted, then it needs all thirteen terms to be correctly integrated for M1A1
(b) M1: Gives ln(4 x 2 1) where µ is a constant or ln( x 2 41 ) or indeed ln( k (4 x 2 1))
5 5
May also be awarded for ln(4 x 1) or ln( x 2 1) , where coefficient 5/8 is correct and there is a slip
8 8
writing down the bracket.
It may also be given for ln(u ) where u is clearly defined as (4 x 2 1) or equivalent substitutions such as
ln(4u 1) where u x 2
5 5 5
A1: ln(4 x 2 1) or ln( x 2 41 ) o.e. The modulus sign is not needed but allow ln 4 x 2 1
8 8 8
Also allow 0.625ln(4 x 2 1) and condone lack of constant c
5
N.B. ln 4 x 2 1 with no bracket can be awarded M1A0
8
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
1 1
1
27 x3 3 27 x 3 3
8 27 x 8
1
8 1
1
2 1 or 2
3 3 3
5. 3
B1
8 8
1 23 k x3 2 ...
2 1 13 k x3 3
2!
M1 A1
1 27 x 3 3 27 x
3 1 2 3 2
2 1 ...
3 8 2! 8
9 81 6
2 1 x3 ; x ...
8 64
9 3 81 6
2 x ; x ... A1; A1
4 32
[5]
1
1
1 2
( )( ) 5
8 27 x
1 2
(8) (8) (27 x 3 ) (8) (27 x 3 ) 2
3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Method 2
3 2!
1 B1
8 3 or 2
Any two of three (un-simplified or simplified) terms correct M1
All three (un-simplified or simplified) terms correct. A1
9 81 6
2 x3 ; x ... A1; A1
4 32
[5]
5
Notes
Method 1:
8 or 2 outside brackets then isw or 8 3 or 2 as candidate’s constant term in their binomial expansion.
1 1
B1: 3
1
M1: Expands ... kx3 3
to give any 2 terms out of 3 terms correct for their k simplified or un-simplified
Eg: 1 13 k x 3 or
13 23 13 23
13 k x3 k x
3 2
[Allow 13 1 for 23 ]
or 1 ........ k x
3 2
2! 2!
where k 1 are acceptable for M1. Allow omission of brackets. [k will usually be 27, 27/8 or 27/2…]
special case only}. Note that k 1 . The bracketing must be correct and now need all three terms correct for their k.
9
A1: 2 x 3 - allow 2 2.25 x 3 or 2 2 14 x3
4
81 6
A1: x allow 2.53125 x 6 or 2 17 32 x
6
(Ignore extra terms of higher power)
32
Method 2:
1
B1: 8 3 or 2
M1: Any two of three (un-simplified or simplified) terms correct – condone missing brackets
A1: All three (un-simplified or simplified) terms correct. The bracketing must be correct but it is acceptable for them to
recover this mark following “invisible” brackets.
A1A1: as above.
Special case (either method) uses x instead of x 3 throughout to obtain 2 94 x ; 32 x ... gets B1M1A1A0A0
81 2
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
6. (a) 5 4x A B
so 5 4 x A( x 1) B(2 x 1)
(2 x 1)( x 1) (2 x 1) ( x 1) B1
1 3
Let x 1, 9 B 3 B Let x , 3 A A M1
2 2
5 4x 2 3
A = 2 and B = -3 or A1
(2 x 1)( x 1) (2 x 1) ( x 1)
[3]
(b) 1 5 4x
dy dx B1
(i), (ii) y (2 x 1)( x 1)
ln y ln(2 x 1) 3ln( x 1) c
A1
Method 1 ln 4 ln(2(2) 1) 3ln(2 1) c c ln 36
M1
for (ii)
36(2 x 1) 36(2 x 1) M1 A1
ln y ln(2 x 1) 3ln( x 1) ln 36 so ln y ln 3
So y [7]
( x 1) ( x 1)3
Method 2 Solution as Method 1 up to ln y ln(2 x 1) 3ln( x 1) c so first four marks as before B1M1A1A1
for (ii)
A(2 x 1) M1
Writes y as general solution which would earn the 3rd M1 mark.
( x 1)3
Then may substitute to find their constant A, which would earn the 2nd M1 mark. M1
36(2 x 1) A1
Then A1 for y as before.
( x 1)3
[7]
10
Notes
(a) B1: Forming the linear identity (this may be implied).
Note: A & B are not assigned in this question – so other letters may be used
M1: A valid method to find the value of one of either their A or their B.
A1: A 2 and B 3 (This is sufficient without rewriting answer provided it is clear what A and B are )
5 4x 2 3
Note: In part (a), , from no working, is B1M1A1 (cover-up rule).
(2 x 1)( x 1) (2 x 1) ( x 1)
(ii) M1: Substitutes y 4 and x 2 into their general solution with a constant of integration to obtain c =.
M1: A fully correct method of removing the logs – must have a constant of integration which must be treated
Correctly. Must have had ln y = ….earlier
36(2 x 1)
A1: y isw.
( x 1)3
NB If Method 2 is used the third method mark is earned at the end of part (i), then the second method mark is earned
when the values are substituted.
Special case1: A common error using method 2:
(2 x 1) (3)
y A , then 4 A so A would earn M1 (substitution); M0 (not fully correct removing logs); A0
( x 1)3 (3)3
If there is no constant of integration they are likely to lose the last four marks.
Question Scheme
Marks
Number
7. (a) Method 1 Method 2
3x 5 8
y y 3
x 1 x 1
8 8
y ( x 1) 3 x 5 xy y 3x 5 3 y so x 1 M1
x 1 3 y
y 5 3 x xy y 5 x(3 y )
8
y5 x 1 M1
x 3 y
3 y
x5
Hence f 1 ( x) Hence f 1 ( x)
8
( x , x 3) 1 ( x , x 3 ) A1 oe
3 x 3 x
[3]
3x 5 8
ff ( x) 3
3 5 8 M1 A1
x 1 3 1
(b) ff ( x) x 1
3x 5
1
x 1
3(3x 5) 5( x 1)
x 1 8( x 1)
ff ( x) 3 M1
(3x 5) ( x 1) 4x 4
x 1
9 x 15 5 x 5 4 x 20
3x 5 x 1 4x 4
x5 x5
(note that a 5. ) A1
x 1 x 1
[4]
3( 2) "5" 3( x 2 3x) 5
(c) fg(2) f (4 6) f ( 2) ; 11 or substitute 2 into fg( x) ;= 11 M1; A1
2 1 x 2 3x 1
[2]
(d) g( x) x 2 3 x ( x 1.5) 2 2.25 . Hence g min 2.25 M1
Either g min 2.25 or g( x) 2.25 or g(5) 25 15 10 B1
2.25 g( x) 10 or 2.25 y 10 A1
[3]
12
Notes
Method 2 is less likely and the notes apply to Method 1.
(a) M1: Brings ( x 1) to the LHS and multiplies out by y
or if x and y swapped first ( y 1) to the LHS and multiplies out by x
M1: A full method to make x (or swapped y) the subject by collecting terms and factorising.
x5 x5 x 5 8
A1: or equivalent e.g. or or 1 etc Ignore LHS.
3 x x3 x3 3 x
Does not need to include domain i.e does not need statement that x , x 3 Should now be in x, not y, for this mark.
N.B. Use of quotient rule to differentiate and to find f is M0M0A0. This is NOT a misread.
3f( x) 5
(b) M1: An attempt to substitute f into itself. e.g. ff ( x) . Squaring f( x ) is M0.
f( x) 1
3f( x) 5 3x 5
Allow ff ( x) or ff ( x) for M1A0
x 1 f( x) 1
A1: Correct expression. This mark implies the previous method mark.
M1: An attempt to combine each of the numerator and the denominator into single rational fraction with same
common denominator
x5
A1: See Does not need to include domain or statement that x , x 1, x 1
x 1
NB If they use a mixture of methods 1 and 2 then mark accordingly – attempt M1, correct A1, combined into single
rational function M1 then answer is A1
8
3 3 5
x 1 8
so may see or 3
8 3x 5
3 1 1
x 1 x 1
3( x 2 3x) 5
(c) M1: Full method of inserting g(2) ( i.e. -2 ) into f ( x). Or substitutes 2 into fg( x)
x 2 3x 1
A1: cao
(d) M1: Full method to establish the minimum of g. (Or correct answer with no method)
e.g.: x leading to g min .
2
Or finding derivative, setting to zero, finding x ( =1.5) and then finding g(1.5) in order to find the minimum.
Or obtaining roots of x 0, 3 and using symmetry to obtain g min g (1.5) .
Or listing values leading to g min g (1.5) .
This mark may also be implied by -2.25.
B1: For finding either the correct minimum value of g (can be implied by g( x) 2.25 or g( x) 2.25 ) or for
stating that g(5) 10 or finding the value 10 as a maximum
A1: 2.25 g( x) 10 or 2.25 y 10 or 2.25 g 10 .
Note that: 2.25 x 10 (wrong variable)is A0; 2.25 y 10 (wrong inequality) is A0;
2.25 f 10 (wrong function) is A0; Accept [ -2.25, 10] (correct notation) for A1
but not (-2.25, 10) (strict inequality) which is A0
A correct answer with no working gains M1 B1 A1 i.e. 3/3
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
dV
8. 250
dt
4 3 dV
V r 4 r 2 B1
3 dr
4 9000 B1
V 12000 12 000 r 3 r 3 14.202480...
3
dr dr dV 1
250 M1
dt dV dt 4 r 2
9000 dr 250
When r 3 ,
dt 9000
2
dM1
4 3
dr
So, 0.0986283... cms 1 awrt 0.099 A1
dt
[5]
5
Notes
dV
B1: 4 r 2 . This may be stated or used and need not be simplified
dr
4
Applies 12 000 r 3 and rearranges to find r using division then cube root with accurate algebra
3
3V
May state r 3 then substitute V = 12000 later which is equivalent. r does not need to be evaluated.
4
1
M1: Uses chain rule correctly so 250
dV
their
dr
dr
dM1: Substitutes their r correctly into their equation for This depends on the previous method mark
dt
A1: awrt 0.099 (Units may be ignored) If this answer is seen, then award A1 and isw.
Premature approximation usually results in all marks being earned prior to this one.
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
x 4 5 6 7 8 9
9. (a) y e 2
e 5
e 6
e 7
e 8
e3 M1
7.389056... 9.356469... 11.582435... 14.094030... 16.918828... 20.085536...
1 ...........................
1
B1 oe
2
1
2
1 e 2 e3 2 e 5
e 6
e 7
e 8
1
2
(27.47459302... 103.903526...) M1
e dx e 2u du
x u M1 A1
2 ue e du
u u
M1
2 ueu eu A1
2 ueu eu 2 3e3 e3 2 2e 2 e 2
3
2 ddM1
4e3 2e 2 or 2e 2 (2e 1) etc. A1
[7]
11
Notes
(a) M1: Finds y for x = 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9. Need six y values for this mark. May leave as on middle row of table –
give mark if correct unsimplified answers given, then isw if errors appear later. If given as decimals only,
without prior expressions, need to be accurate to 2 significant figures.(Allow one slip) May not appear as
table, but only in trapezium rule.
B1: Outside brackets 12 1 or 12 or h = 1 stated. This is independent of the method marks
M1: For structure of ................ ft their y values and allow for 5 or 6 y values so may follow wrong h or
table which has x from 5 to 9 or from 4 to 8 NB {4+9+2(5+6+7+8)} is M0
1
A1: 65.69 N.B. Wrong brackets e.g. 1 (e 2 e3 ) 2 e 5 e 6 e 7 e
2
8
is M0 unless followed by
correct answer 65.69 which implies M1A1
...........................
1 5
Then
2 4
Giving
1 5
e2 e3 2 e 5.25 e 6.5 e 7.75
2 4
= 65.76
This complete method for special case earns M0 B0 M1 A1 i.e. 2/4
1
du 1 dx
(b) B1: States or uses x 2
or 2u
dx 2 du
M1: Obtains ueu du for a constant value λ A1: Obtains 2 u eu du
u
M1: An attempt at integration by parts in the right direction on λ ue . This mark is implied by the correct
answer. There is no need for limits. If the rule is quoted it must be correct. A version of the rule appears in the
formula booklet. Accept for this mark expressions of the form
ue du u
ueu e u du
ddM1: Substitutes limits of 3 and 2 in u (or 9 and 4 in x) in their integrand and subtracts the correct way round.
(Allow one slip) This mark depends on both previous method marks having been earned
A1: Obtains 4e3 2e 2 or 2e 2 (2e 1) with terms collected. If then given as a decimal isw.
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
10. (a) A B sin 2 A sin A A sin A cos A cos A sin A or sin A cos A sin A cos A M1
Hence, sin 2 A 2sin A cos A (as required) * A1 *
[2]
Way 1A:
dy 1
sec x
2 1
x
y ln tan
2
dy
x
1 1
(b) sec Way 1B 2 2
tan x
1 2 2
dx 1
M1 A1
tan x
2
dx 1
2
2
1 1
1 tan x
2 1
cos 2 12 x sin 2 12 x
2 tan 2 x cos x 2 sin 2 x cos 12 x
1 2 1 1 2 2
dM1
2 tan x 2sin 12 x cos 12 x
2
. 1
cos 12 x 1 2
1 1 1 1 A1 *
cosec x * cosec x *
2sin 12 x cos 12 x sin x 2sin 12 x cos 12 x sin x [4]
cos 12 x sin x
y ln sin x ln cos 12 x dy 1 1 1
Way 2: 1
2
2 2
M1 A1
sin 12 x cos 12 x
2
dx
cos 2 12 x sin 2 12 x 1 M1;A1
; cosec x
2sin x cos x
1
2
1
2 sin x [4]
d M1 A1
(As differentiation is reverse of integration) tan 12 x cosecx
dx [4]
(c)
y ln tan 1
2
x 3sin x ddyx cosec x 3cos x B1
dy 1
0 cosec x 3cos x 0 3cos x 0 M1
d x sin x
1 3sin x cos x 1 32 (2sin x cos x) so sin 2 x k , where 1 k 1 and k 0 M1
2
So sin 2 x
3 A1
dy 1
0 cosec x 3cos x 0 3cos x 0 M1
dx sin x
1
9cos 2 x so 9cos 4 x 9cos 2 x 1 0 or 9sin 4 x 9sin 2 x 1 0 M1
1 cos 2 x
So cos 2 x 0.873 or 0.127 or sin 2 x 0.873 or 0.127 A1
So x 0.364863..., 1.205932... A1 A1
[6]
Way 3
10c)
“t” method y ln tan 1
2
x 3sin x ddyx cosec x 3cos x B1
dy 1
0 cosec x 3cos x 0 3cos x 0 M1
dx sin x
1 t2 1 t2
3 0 so t 4 6t 3 2t 2 6t 1 0 M1
2t 1 t2
t = 0.1845 or 0.6885 A1
So x 0.364863..., 1.205932... A1 A1
[6]
Notes
(a) M1: This mark is for the underlined equation in either form
sin A cos A cos A sin A or sin A cos A sin A cos A
A1: For this mark need to see :
sin2A at the start of the proof , or as part of a conclusion
sin(A + A) = at the start
= sin A cos A cos A sin A or sin A cos A sin A cos A
= 2sinAcosA at the end
k sec x
2 1
sec x
2
dy 1 1
dx tan x 1
2
Way 1A:
sin 12 x 1
dM1: Use both tan 12 x and sec 12 x 2
in their differentiated expression. This may be implied.
cos x 1
cos ( 12 x )
2
2
This depends on the previous Method mark.
1
A1*: Simplify the fraction, use double angle formula, see and obtain correct answer with completely
sin x
correct work and no errors seen (NB Answer is given)
Way 1B
sin 12 x
dM1: Use both sec 12 x 1 tan 2 ( 12 x) and tan 12 x
2
cos 12 x
1
A1*: Simplify the fraction, use double angle formula, see and obtain correct answer with completely
sin x
correct work and no errors seen (NB Answer is given)
Way 2:
k cos 12 x c sin 12 x
M1:Split into y ln sin 12 x ln cos 12 x then differentiate to give
dy
dx
sin 2 x
1
cos 12 x
dy 1
cos 12 x sin x
1 1
dx sin 12 x cos 12 x
cos 2 12 x sin 2 12 x
M1: Obtain A1*: As before
2sin 12 x cos 12 x
Way 3:
Alternative method: This is rare, but is acceptable. Must be completely correct.
d
Quotes cos ecxdx = ln(tan 12 x ) and follows this by tan 12 x cosecx gets 4/4
dx
dy
(c) B1: Correct differentiation – so see cosec x 3cos x
dx
dy 1
M1: Sets their 0 and uses cosec x
dx sin x
Way 1:
M1: Rearranges and uses double angle formula to obtain sin 2 x k , where 1 k 1 and k 0
(This may be implied by a + b sin2x = 0 followed by correct answer)
A1: sin 2x 23 (This may be implied by correct answer)
A1: Either awrt 0.365 or awrt 1.206 ( answers in degrees lose both final marks)
A1: Both awrt 0.365 and awrt 1.206
Ignore y values. Ignore extra answers outside range. Lose the last A mark for extra answers in the range.
Way 2:
M1: Obtain quadratic in sinx or in cosx . Condone cos ec 2 x 9cos 2 x 0 as part of the working
A1 A1 A1: See scheme
Way 3:
This method is unlikely and uses t tan( 2x ) . See scheme for detail
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
11.
dy
(a) 3e a 3 x 3e x M1 A1
dx
M1
3e a 3 x 3e x 0 e x e a 3 x x a 3 x x
1
x= a A1
2
a 3 a2 a2 a2
So, yP e 3e ; 2e ddM1; A1
[6]
a ln 3 1 ea 3
x or equivalent e.g. ln or ln a etc A1
2 2 3 e
[3]
Method 4
a 3x
0e 3e x e a 3 x 3e x and so a 3 x ln 3 x M1
"2" x a ln 3 dM1
a ln 3 1 e a
3 A1
x o.e. e.g. ln or ln a etc [3]
2 2 3 e
(c) y
y e a 3 x 3e x
Shape B1
Cusp and behaviour for large x B1
(0, e a 3) (0, e a 3)
B1
.
O x
[3]
12
Notes
(c) B1: Correct overall shape, so y 0 for all x, curve crossing positive y axis and small portion seen to left of
y axis, meets x axis once, one maximum turning point
B1: Cusp at x xQ (not zero gradient) and no appearance of curve clearly increasing as x becomes large
B1: Either writes full coordinates (0, e a 3) in the text or (0, e a 3) or e a 3 marked on the y-axis or even
(e a 3, 0) if marked on the y axis (must be exact) – allow e a 3 i.e. allow modulus sign, Can be earned
without the graph.
a ln 3
No requirement for xQ to be repeated for this mark. It has been credited in part (b)
2
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
12 (a) change limits: x 0 t 0 and x 3 t
3 B1
Uses V ( ) y 2 d x - in terms of the parameter t M1
dx
( ) y 2 dx ( ) y 2
dt
dt ( ) (2sin 2 t ) 2 sec 2t dt A1
1
4 tan 2t sin 2 t dt or 4sin 2t sin 2 t dt A1
cos 2 t
4 tan 2t (1 cos 2 t ) dt
or 4sin 2t (sec 2 t 1) dt dM1
3
V y dx 4 (tan 2 t sin 2 t ) dt *
2 3
Correct proof. A1 * [6]
0 0
sec t 1
2 1 cos 2t dt
2
Uses 1 tan 2 t sec 2 t (may be implied) M1
Uses cos 2t 1 2sin t (may be implied)
2
M1
sec t 1
2 1
2
1
2
cos 2t dt tan t t
1
2
t
1
4
sin 2t M1 A1
3 1 2
tan sin (0) Applies limit of ddM1
3 2 3 4 3 3
3 9 3
3
2 8 8 2
9 3 9 3
V 4 or 2 oe
Two term exact answer A1 [6]
8 2 2
*See back page for methods using integration by parts 12
Notes
(a) B1: See both x 0 t 0 and x 3 t 3 ; Allow if just stated as in scheme- must be in part (a)
M1: attempt at V ( ) y 2 d x - ignore limits and but need to replace both y2 and dx by expressions in terms of the
parameter t. Methods using Cartesian approach are M0 unless parameters are reintroduced.
4 sin t
4
A1: (2sin 2 t ) 2 sec 2 t dt ignoring limits and 4 sin t sec t dt dt 4 tan t cos t dt
4 2 4 2
cos t
2
1
A1: Obtain 4 tan 2 t sin 2 t dt at some point or 4sin 2t sin 2 t dt
cos 2 t
1
dM1: Applies sin 2 t 1 cos 2 t or tan 2 t sec 2 t 1 after reaching 4 tan 2 t sin 2 t dt or 4sin 2t sin 2 t dt
cos 2 t
A1*: Obtains given answer with no errors seen (To obtain this mark must have been included in V y 2 dx )
This answer must include limits, but can follow B0 scored earlier. Any use of dx where dt should be used is M0
(b) M1: Uses 1 tan 2 t sec 2 t
M1: Uses cos 2t 1 2sin 2 t
M1: At least two terms of A tan t B t C sin 2t A1: Correct integration of tan 2 t sin 2 t with all signs correct
ddM1: (depends upon the first two M1 marks being awarded in part (b)) Substitutes into their integrand (can be
3
implied by answer or by 4.75) A1: Two term exact answer for V
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
13. (a) R 5 2.23606... (must be given in part (a)) B1
1 1 2
tan or sin or cos ( see notes for other values which gain M1) M1
2 5 5
26.56505... (must be given in part (a)) A1
[3]
(b) Way 1:
Uses distance between two lines is 4 (or half distance is 2) with correct trigonometry M1
may state 4sin 2cos 4 or show sketch
Need sketch and 4sin 2cos 4 and deduction that A1 *
2sin cos 2 or cos 2sin 2 * [2]
Way 2:
Alternative method: Uses diagonal of rectangle as hypotenuse of right angle triangle and M1
obtains 20 sin( ) 4
So from (a) 2sin cos 2 or cos 2sin 2 A1
[2]
Way 3: They may state and verify the result provided the work is correct and accurate
See notes below. Substitution of 36.9 (obtained in (c) is a circular argument and is
M0A0)
(c) Way1: Uses 5 sin 26.57 2 to obtain Way 2 cos2 4cos sin 4sin 2 4
See notes for variations
2
sin "26.57" 0.8944... 4cos sin 3cos 2 0 M1
" 5"
cos (4sin 3cos ) 0 so tan 3
4
2
arcsin "26.57" arctan 34 or equivalent M1
their " 5 "
Hence, 36.8699... A1
[3]
2 4
(d) Way 1: " x" Way 2: “y” = B1
tan"36.9" si n
2 4
h x 4 h 4 h y 8 h 8 M1
tan"36.9" sin"36.9"
2 4 4 4 A1 cao
h 4 1.336... or or 1.3 (2sf ) h 8 or 1.3 (2sf )
tan 36.9 3 sin 36.9 3 [3]
11
Notes
(a) B1: R 5 or awrt 2.24 no working needed – must be in part (a)
1 2 2 1
M1: tan 12 or tan 2 or sin or sin or cos or cos and attempt to
5 5 5 5
find alpha. Method mark may be implied by correct alpha.
A1: accept awrt 26.57; also accept 5 sin 26.57 - must be in part (a)
Answers in radians (0.46) are A0
(b) Way 1:
M1: Uses distance between two lines is 4 (or half distance is 2) states 4sin 2cos 4 or shows
sketch (may be on Figure 4 on question paper) with some trigonometry
A1*: Shows sketch with implication of two right angled triangles (may be on Figure 4 on question paper)
and follows 4sin 2cos 4 by stating printed answer or equivalent (given in the mark scheme) and no
errors seen.
Way 2:
on scheme (not a common method)
Way 3:
They may state and verify the result provided the work is correct and accurate.
x 4 x
M1: Verification with correct accurate work e.g. 2 2 , with x shown on figure
4 2
A1: Needs conclusion that 2sin cos 2
Substitution of 36.9 (obtained in (c) is a circular argument and is M0A0)
(c) Way 1:
2
M1: sin their (Uses part (a) to solve equation)
their R
2
M1: arcsin their (operations undone in the correct order with subtraction)
their R
A1: awrt 36.9 (answer in radians is 0.644 and is A0)
Way 2:
M1: Squares both sides, uses appropriate trig identities and reaches tan 34 or sin 53 or cos 4
5
or
sin 2 24 25
4 3 ˆ 24 18 6
2 0 cos CAB
2 24 18
dM1
ˆ 2 3 Or right angled triangle and
cos CAB
(4) (2) ( 2) . (3) (0) ( 3)
2 2 2 2 2 2
ˆ 3
cos CAB o.e.
2
ˆ 12 0 6 3 (o.e.) CAB
cos CAB ˆ 30 * so ˆ 30
CAB A1 * cso
24 . 18 2
[3]
(d) 1
Area CAB 24 18 sin 30 M1
2
A1
3 3 (or k 3)
[2]
1 2 1 4 b 4 M1; oe
(e)
OD1 4 5 1 or
a 2 2 or = 1 2 ; = or…
6 1 5 2 3 2
9
1 A1
1
(a) M1: Finds, or implies, correct value of for at least one of the two given points
A1: At least one of a or b correct
A1: Both a and b correct
(b) M1: Subtracts the position vector of A from that of B or the position vector of B from that of A.
Allow any notation. Even allow coordinates to be subtracted. Follow through their a and b for this
method mark.
4
A1: Need correct answer : so AB 4i 2 j 2k or AB 2 or (4, 2, -2) This is not ft.
2
(c) Way 1:
M1: Subtracts the position vector of A from that of C or the position vector of C from that of A.
Allow any notation. Even allow coordinates to be subtracted. Follow through their a for this method
mark.
dM1: Applies dot product formula between their AB or BA and their AC or CA .
A1*: Correctly proves that CAB
ˆ 30 . This is a printed answer. Must have used AB with AC or
BA with CA for this mark and must not have changed a negative to a positive to falsely give
the answer, that would result in M1M1A0
3
Do not need to see but should see equivalent value. Allow as final answer.
2 6
Way 2:
M1: Finds lengths of AB, AC and BC
dM1: Uses cosine rule or trig of right angled triangle, either sin, cos or tan
A1: Correct proof that angle = 30 degrees
1
(d) M1: Applies AB AC sin 30 - must try to use their vectors (b – a) and (c – a) or state formula and
2
1
try to use it. Could use vector product. Must not be using OB OC sin 30
2
A1: 3 3 cao – must be exact and in this form (see question)
(e) M1: Realises that AD is twice the length of AB and uses complete method to find one of the points.
Then uses one of the three possible starting points on the line (A, B, or the point with position
vector i 4 j 6k ) to reach D. See one of the equations in the mark scheme and ft their a or b.
1 2 1 2 b 2
So accept OD1 4 5 1 or
a 4 1 or =
1 2 1
6 1 5 1 3 1
9
A1: Accept (9, 1, 1) or 9i + j + k or 1 cao
1
M1: Realises that AD is twice the length of AB but is now in the opposite direction so uses one of the
three possible starting points to reach D. See one of the equations in the mark scheme and ft their a
or b.
1 2 1 4 b 4
So accept OD2
4 3 1 or a 2 2
or = 1 3 2
6 1 5 2 3 2
7
A1: Accept (-7, -7, 9) or -7i -7j + 9k or 7 cao
9
NB Many long methods still contain unknown variables x, y and z or λ. These are not complete
methods so usually earn M0A0M0A0 on part (e) PTO.
Mark scheme for a common approach to part (e) using the length of AD is
given below:
3
2 (from =2)
4
For this solution score M1A0M1A0 i.e. 2/4
Qu 12(b) using integration by parts
Qu 12 (b) Some return to V 4 tan 2t sin 2 t dt .There are two ways to proceed and both use integration by parts
9 3 9 3
V 4 or 2 oe Two term exact answer A1
8 2 2
[6]
Way 2: Try to use parts on (sec t 1) sin t dt
2 2
using u sin 2 t and v = tant – t
Award first two M marks as before Uses 1 tan 2 t sec 2 t and Uses cos 2t 1 2sin 2 t
M1 M1
1 t 1 M1A1
This needs parts twice and to get down to sin 2 t (tan t t ) t sin 2t cos 2t sin 2t
2 2 4
9 3 9 3
Then limits as before to give V 4 or 2 oe ddM1A1
8 2 2
Pearson Education Limited. Registered company number 872828
with its registered office at Edinburgh Gate, Harlow, Essex CM20 2JE
Mark Scheme (Results)
January 2015
v
If the rule is neither stated nor implied only accept expressions of the form
( x 2) 2 A (3 x 2) B ( x 2)
A, B 0 condoning missing brackets
( x 2)2
2
2
Alternatively applies the Product rule to 3 x 2 x 2 If the rule is quoted it must be correct.
2
It may be implied by their u or v 3 x 2, u ', v or u x 2 , v ' followed by their vu ' uv '
If the rule is neither stated nor implied only accept expressions of the form A x 2 2 B 3 x 2 x 2 3
If they use partial fractions expect to see 3x 2 P Q dy R S
y y ( P 3, Q 4)
( x 2) 2 ( x 2) ( x 2) 2 dx ( x 2) 2 ( x 2) 3
You may also see implicit differentiation etc where the scheme is easily applied.
A1 A correct (unsimplified) form of the derivative.
2
Accept from the quotient rule versions equivalent to dy ( x 2) 3 (3x 2) 2( x 2)
dx
(x 2)2
2
dy 2 3
Accept from the product rule versions equivalent to 3 x 2 2 3 x 2 x 2
dx
dy 2 3
Accept from partial fractions 3 x 2 8 x 2
dx
or ( x 2)2 dy y 2( x 2) 3 from implicit differentiation
dx
2
FYI: Correct simplified expressions are dy 3x 4x 4 or 3x 2
4 dx 3
(x 2) (x 2)
M1 Sub x = 3 into what they believe is their derivative to find a numerical value of dy .
dx
dx
M1 Uses x = 3 and their numerical value of y with their numerical at x = 3 to form an equation of
dy
a normal. If the form y mx c is used then it must be a full method reaching a value for c.
A1 Correct solution only Accept A ( x 11 y 74) 0 where A N. from correct working.
Watch for correct answers coming from incorrect versions of dy with eg. ( x 2) 2 on the
dx
denominator
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
( 4 sin 1)(sin 3) 0
1
sin M1
4
(5 marks)
M1 Solves their 3TQ in sin with usual rules by factorisation, formula or completing the square. They
must proceed as far as sin .. Accept an answer from a calculator. You may have to pick up a
calculator to check their values.
A1 Either of awrt 0.25, 2.89 (2dp) in radians or either of aw rt 14.5,165.5 (1dp) in degrees
Accept either of awrt 0.08 , 0.92
A1 Correct solution with only two solutions aw rt 0.253, 2.889 (3dp) within the given range.
Accept equivalents such as awrt 0.0804 , 0.9196
Ignore any extra answers outside the range.
Note that incorrect factorisation (4 sin 1)(sin 3) 0 would lead to correct answers. As this
mark is cso, it would be withheld in such circumstances.
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
3(a)
V shape just in Quad 1and correct position B1
(3)
(b) x 1 B1
x 5 (8 2 x ) x 13 M1A1
(3)
(2)
3 5
(d) f '(x ) 2 x 3 min at x min M1A1
2 4
Maximum value = 5 B1
5
„ f ( x )„ 5 A1
4
(4)
(12 marks)
(a)
B1 Accept a V shape just in quadrant one with the left hand end meeting the y - axis, the minimum
point on the x - axis and the right hand section being at least as high as the left hand section.
Look for either or shape just in quadrant one. Don’t accept a curved base.
B1 The graph meets or cuts the y axis at (0, 8) only. Allow just 8 and condone (8,0) written on the
correct axis. There needs to be a graph for this to be awarded
B1 The graph meets the x axis at (4, 0) only. Allow 4 and condone (0,4) written on the correct axis
There needs to be a graph for this to be awarded.
(b)
B1 For stating that x 1
M1 For an attempt at the ‘second’ solution.
Accept x 5 (8 2 x ) x .. . or ( x 5) 8 2 x x .. . or equivalent
Do NOT condone invisible brackets in this case
Accept x 5 2 (8 2 x ) 2 x ..
A1 x 13 and no other solutions (apart from x = 1). Accept this for both marks as long as no
incorrect working is seen. Eg x 5 8 2 x x 13 is M0 A0
(c)
M1 Scored for a full method to find fg(5).
Accept x 5 being substituted into 8 2 x and the result being substituted into x 2 3 x 1
Accept an attempt to substitute x 5 into 8 2 x 3 8 2 x 1
2
Special case: Allow the answer from a graphical calculator as long as it is given with the evidence of a
correct sketch. Allow from a table as long as the value at 1.5 is calculated. Score 4/4
Just the (correct) answer, no working, special case award 1,1,0,0
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
dx
4 x 2 sin 2 cos B1
d
1 1
dx 2 cos (d ) M1
3 3
4 x 2 2
4 4sin 2 2
1 1 1
sec 2 (d ) OR (d ) M1
4 4 cos 2
1
tan dM1A1
4
Uses limits 0 and in their integrated expression
3
M1A1
1 3 3
tan
4 0 4
(7 marks)
C
Uses 1 sin cos and simplifies integral to
2 2
M1 C sec 2 ( d ) or ( d )
cos2
Again you may condone a missing d
1
sec2 tan
A1 3 .
4
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
5 (a)
1 1
1
1 2 x 2 1 2 x
1 1
1 2 2
2x
2
1 2x 2 2! M1A1
3
1 x x 2 ...
2
2 3x 3
(2 3 x )(1 x x 2 ... M1
1 2x 2
2 5x 6x 2
A1*
(4)
(b) Sub x 1 into both sides of 2 3 x 2 5 x 6 x 2 M1
20 1 2x
43 10 453 dM1
oe 43 453 3
60 200 20 200 10
1359 4300
10 Accept A1
430 1359
(3)
(7 marks)
(a)
M1 Uses the correct form of the binomial expansion with n 1 and ' x ' 2 x to achieve
2
1 1
1
1
1 2 x
2 2
2 x … You may condone missing/invisible brackets.
2
2 2
Candidates cannot just write down the answer 1 x 3 x 2 .
2
There must be an intermediate line showing some working for at least the x 2 term.
1 3
1
Correct (unsimplified expression) 1 2 x
2 2
2 x
2
A1
2 2
Condone poor notation such as 2 x 2 for 2x if it is subsequently corrected.
2
(5)
dV dV
(ii) 2, V x 3 3x2 B1,B1
dt dx
dV dV dx
Uses M1
dt dx dt
dx 2
2
dt x 4 3x
1
24
cm s1 M1A1
(5)
(10 marks)
(i)
Differentiates tan 4y to get an expression equivalent to the form C tan4ysec 4y
2 2
M1
You may see tan 4 y A sec 2 4 y tan 4 y B sec 2 4 y from the product rule or versions appearing
from x tan4y Ax0.5 ... Bsec2 4y or
Ax0.5 Bsec2 4y... x sin 2 4 y
d x cos 2 4 y A sin 4 y cos 4 y sin 2 4 y B cos 4 y sin 4 y
cos 2 4 y dy cos 2 4 y
2
Candidates do not have to explicitly state the values of A, p and q. Remember to isw after the
sight of an acceptable answer.
1 dy 1 1 1 12
Alt (i) using y arctan x 2 x
4 dx 4 1 x 2
(ii)
B1 States or uses d V 2. It may be awarded if embedded within the chain rule and assigned to d V
dt dt
B1 States or uses dV 3 x 2 . It may be awarded if embedded within the chain rule and assigned
dx
1 2
dV dx 1 3
to You may also see x V 3 V
dx dV 3
Accept any variable, for example s, l, a in place of x.
dx
M1 Uses a correct chain rule, eg. d V d V d x with dV 2 and their value of d V OR
dt dx dt dt dx dV
You may see different versions of this. Eg d V d V d x
dx dt dt
M1 Substitutes x=4 into their chain rule to find a numerical value for d x .. .
dt
2
dx 1 3
Accept a substitution of V 64 V to find a numerical value for d x ..
dV 3 dt
dx
Condone poor notation for and the appearance of an answer from the substitution of x = 4 into
dt
an incorrect chain rule expression will be sufficient to award this mark.
dx
A1 cso
1
dt x 4 24
cm s 1 . Accept awrt 0.0417
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
7(a) 2 co s( x 30 ) sin( x 3 0 )
2 (co s x co s 3 0 sin x sin 3 0 ) sin x co s 3 0 co s x sin 3 0 M1A1
2cos30 2tanx sin 30 tan x cos30 sin 30
1 3
sin 30 , cos 30 B1
2 2
2 3 1 3 2
tan x tan x 3 3 4 dM1A1*
3 2 3 2
(5)
(b) ta n ( 2 + 1 0 ) 3 3 4 M1
2 +10=50.1, 230.1 .. dM1
2 0 .1, 1 1 0 .1 A1,A1
(4)
(9 marks)
(a)
M1 Uses identities for cos( A B ) and sin( A B ) with A x , B 30 .
Condone missing bracket and incorrect signs but the terms must be correct.
A1 Fully correct equation in sinx and cosx
B1 Replaces sin 30 by 1 and cos 30 by 3
throughout their expanded equation.
2 2
If candidate divides by cos30 it will be for tan 30 3 or equivalent
3
dM1 Either for collecting terms in sinx and cosx to reach (...) sin x (...) cos x , before then dividing by
cosx to reach sin x (...) or tan x (...) .
cos x (...) (...)
Alternatively, by dividing by cosx first, producing an equation in tanx , then collecting terms
reaching tan x (...)
(...)
An intermediate line must be seen. ( 3 2) tan x 2 3 1 tan x 3 3 4 is dM0
Similarly ( 3 2) sin x (2 3 1) cos x tan x 3 3 4 is dM0
A1* Reaches final answer by showing rationalisation with no errors.
2 3 1 3 2
Accept as a minimium tan x tan x 3 3 4
32 3 2
(b)
M1 For using part (a) to produce (or imply) an equation tan(2 ) 3 3 4
Condone 0 and being replaced by x.
dM1 Dependent upon the previous M. Score for an attempt at the correct method to find one value of θ
invtan 3 3 4
Look for tan(2 ) 3 3 4
2
A1 One correct answer awrt 1dp 20.1 or 110.1
A1 Both 20.1 and 110.1 awrt 1dp and no other solutions within the given range. Ignore extra
solutions outside the given range.
M1 Expands both sides (see part a) using correct identities, divides by cos 2 and proceeds to an
equation of the form tan 2 ...
2 cos 40 sin 20
Note that the correct answer is tan 2 0.84219
2sin 40 cos 20
1
dM1 Uses correct order of operations from tan 2 ... arctan ... to find at least one solution
2
A1A1 Follows
(a)
B1 Accept either boundary: V 23000 or V 23000 or Vmax 23000 for the upper boundary and
V 1000 or V 000 or V m in 1000 for the lower boundary. Answers like V 23000 are B0
B1 Completely correct solution.
Accept 1000 V 23000 , 1000 Range or y 23000 , (1000,23000], V 1000 and V 23000
(b)
M1 Score for a d V A e 0.2 t B e 0.1t , where A 18000, B 4000
dt
M1 Sub t 10 into a d V of the form A e 0.2 t B e 0.1t where A 18000, B 4000
dt
Condone substitution of t 10 into a d V of the form A e 0 .2 t B e 0 .1 t 1 0 0 0 A 1 8 0 0 0, B 4 0 0 0
dt
A1 Correct solution and answer only. Accept 634 following correct d V 3600e 0.2 t 400e 0.1t
dt
Watch for students who sub t 10 into their V first and then differentiate. This is 0,0,0.
Watch for students who achieve +634 following d V 3600e 0.2 t 400e 0.1t . This is 1,1,0
dt
A correct answer with no working can score all marks.
(c)
M1 Setting up 3TQ in e0.1t AND correct attempt to factorise or solve by the formula.
0.2 t
For this to be scored the e term must be the x term. 2
A1 Correct factors (9e0.1t 7)(e0.1t 1) or (7e0.1t 9)(e0.1t 1) or a root e 0.1t
7
9
dM1 Dependent upon the previous M1.
This is scored for setting the a e 0.1t b 0 and proceeding using correct ln work to t ...
9 1 9 1 7 7
A1 t 10ln . Accept alternatives such as t ln , ln , 10ln
7 0.1 7 0.1 9 9
If any extra solutions are given withhold this mark.
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
dx 4 1
9 (a)
1
, Area of R = y dx (d t ) B1, M1
dt t 2 t 2 (t 2)
3
4
Correct proof with limits and no errors Area = dt
1
t (t 2)
2
A1*
(3)
4 A B C 4 A B
(b) 2 or 2 2 B1
t (t 2) t t (t 2) t (t 2) t (t 2)
2
3 3
1 2
3
4 1 2
dt = 2 dt ln t ln(t 2) M1A1
t (t 2)
2
t t (t 2) t 1
1 1
2 2
ln3 ln5 ln1 ln3
3 1
5 4
ln dM1A1
9 3
(7)
(c) x 4
Sub t e 2 into y 2 y 4
, ( x ln 2)
e
t x
2 M1A1
2
(2)
(12 marks)
(a)
B1 States or implies dx 1 . Accept dx 1 dt
dt t2 t2
You may award this if embedded within an integral before the final answer is given
3
4 1
For example accept Area = y dx dt
1
t t2
2
M1 States and uses Area =
y dx with the y, the dx and the
sign and replaces both y and dx by
functions of t.
dx
sign and replaces
dx
Alternatively states and uses Area = y dt with the y, the dt and the
dt
both y and dx by functions of t. There is no need for limits and you can award even if there is a
dt
lack of a dt
A1* Correct proof with no errors or omissions on any line for the integrand and there must be a dt in
all integrals in t. The limits need only be correct on the final line and they may have just been
written in. The two separate fractions must be combined into a single fraction
(b)
4 A B C
B1 Scored for use of partial fractions. Accept the correct form 2 2 but also
t (t 2) t t (t 2)
4 A B
award for the form 2 2
t (t 2) t (t 2)
M1 Substitute values of t and/or use inspection to determine A, B and C from a form equivalent to
4 At (t 2) B(t 2) Ct 2 . The partial fraction must be of the correct form
4 1 2 1
A1 For = 2 .
t (t 2) t t
2
(t 2)
A C ..
M1 dt ..ln(t 2)
t 2
(t 2) t
4 A B
Note this can be scored from an incorrect assumption that 2
t (t 2) t (t 2)
2
dM1 Dependent upon previous M. Sub in limits, subtracts either way around and uses a correct log
law at least once to get expression of the form a ln b .
5 4
A1 Correct solution only ln
9 3
(c)
M1 Rearranges x ln(t 2) to reach t e x 2 and sub in y 42 to get y in terms of x
t
4
Alternatively substitutes t or equivalent into x ln(t 2) and attempts to rearrange to y =..
y
4
A1 y . Remember to isw.
e 2
2
x
You can ignore any reference to the domain, x ln 2, for this mark.
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
x 2 ln x dy 2 x ln x x 2
10(a) y 2x 4 , 2 M1A1, B1
3 dx
3 3x
2x ln x x2
2 0 x 2ln x 1 6 x .. dM1
3 3x
6
x A1*
1 ln x 2
(5)
6
x awrt 2.273
(b)
M1A1
1
1 ln 2.27 2
(10 marks)
(a)
x2 ln x x2 ln x
M1 Applying the product rule to x ln x or multiples of it such as
2
and even
3 3 3
If the rule is quoted it must be correct. It may be implied by, for example,
x2
u , v ln x , u ' .., v ' .. followed by their vu ' uv '
3
1
If it is not quoted nor implied only accept expressions of the form Ax ln x Bx 2
x
x2 ln x 2x ln x x2
A1 A correct (unsimplified) derivative for
3 3 3x
B1 The derivative of the 2x 4 term is seen or implied to be 2
dM1 Dependent upon the previous M being scored. It is for setting their d y 0 , taking out a common
dx
factor of x and proceeding to x..Alternatively they could state that d y 0 and write out a line
dx
2x ln x x2
from their derivative equivalent to 2
3 3x
6
A1* Correct solution only x . Note that this is a given answer.
1 ln x 2
All aspects need to be correct. 2 ln x 1 ln x 2 1 may just be stated
dy
Note: If the candidate multiplies by 3 to get 3 y x 2 ln x 6 x 12 3 2 x ln x x 6 before setting
dx
dy
0 they can score all marks if they proceed to the given answer.
dx
If they multiply by 3 and leave the subject as y (or perhaps ignore the lhs) they can score a special
case 1 0 1 1 0 for 2 x ln x x 6 0 x ( 2 ln x 1) 6 x 6 6
x
(2 ln x 1) (ln x 2 1)
(b)
6
M1 Attempts . Awrt 2.273 implies this method
1 ln 2.27 2
A1 x awrt 2.273 . The subscript is not important. Mark as the first value given.
1
(c)
M1 Deduces the x coordinate of A is 2.3. The sight of 2.3 is sufficient to award this as long as their
values in (b) round to this.
Alternatively uses their (rounded) answer from part (b) and substitutes it into equation for y to
find the y coordinate of A. In a similar way to that of the x coordinate, the sight of 0.9 would be
sufficient evidence for this award.
A1 (2.3, 0.9). Accept x =2.3, y =0.9
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
2 q
11 (a) 1 . 2 2 q 1 2 4 1 0 q 3 M1A1*
4 1
(2)
(b) Equate the y and z coordinates
14 2 p 3
6 1 7 2 6 1 7 2 M1
13 4 4 1 13 4 4 1
Full method to find either or dM1
(2) 1 2 subbed into (3) 13 8 4 4 3
Sub 3 into (2) 6 1 7 2 3 5 A1either
Sub values back into x coordinates 14 2 5 p 3 3 p 5 ddM1 A1
(5)
14 2 ' 5' 3
(c) Point of intersection is 6 5 1 OR 7 3 2 = (4, 1, 7) M1,A1
13 4 4 1
(2)
2 6 2
M1
(d ) AX 1 OB OA 2 AX 2 2 1
either
4 3 4
2 10
OB 0 OB 4 A1A1
11 5
(3)
(12
marks)
(a)
M1 Attempts to find a solution for q by setting the scalar product of the direction vectors = 0
Condone one sign error in 2 q 1 2 4 1 0 leading to q ..
Alternatively set q 3 and attempt the scalar product
A1* q 3 . This is a given answer.
In the alternative, there must be a statement (=0) and a conclusion, (hence true/hence perpendicular)
(b)
M1 Equate y and z coordinates. Condone sign errors
dM1 Dependent upon the previous M. Scored for a full method to find either or
A1 Either 5 or 3
ddM1 Dependent upon both previous M’s.
Either uses both of their values for and in the equation for the x coordinates in order to find
a numerical value for p. Condone sign slips. Look for 14 2 p 3 with their and
leading to a solution of p.
Alternatively uses the value of one variable, expresses the other variable in terms of this and
substitutes both in the equation for the x coordinates in order to find a numerical value for p.
A1 p 5
(c)
M1 Uses their value of in l1 , or their values of , p and q in l 2 to find the coordinate of X
4
A1 Coordinates of X (4, 1, 7) . Accept in vector form OX 1
7
(d)
6 '4'
M1 Uses either O B O A 2 AX AX 2 '1' with an attempt to find one possible value of
3 '7'
vector B
Or uses mid points. Sight of ( a , b, c ) appearing from solving 6 a 2 b 3c
4, 1, 7
2 2 2
Or attempts to find the value of one value of and uses it correctly to find one position of B
You may see B A 2 A X or a version of
(1 4 2 6 ) 2 ( 6 2 ) 2 ( 1 3 4 3) 2 2 (6 ' 4 ') 2 ( 2 ' 1) 2 (3 7 ) 2 ..
followed by being substituted into line l1
A more simple version of this could be using a diagram and deducing that 2 o r 6 followed
by being substituted into line l1
l2
. X (4, 1, 7) 5
. A (6, 2,3) 4
l1
2 10
A1 Gives one possible vector OB 0 2i 11k or OB 4 10i 4 j 5k
11 5
A1 Gives both possible position vectors or coordinates
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
12(a) 0.9242 exactly B1
(1)
(b) Strip width =0.5 B1
Area 0.5 2 1.2958 2 (1.3041 ' 0.9242 ' 0.9089 M1
2
=2.393 A1
(3)
x2 ln x
(c) 2 x 4 dx
3
x3 x3 1
= ln x dx, x 2 4 x M1A1, B1
9 9 x
x3
= ln x
9
x3
27
x2 4 x A1
3
x3 x3 2 1
Area = ln x x 4 x 3ln3 1 9 12 1 4 dM1
9 27 1 27
26
ln 27 A1
27
(6)
(a)
B1 0.9242 exactly either in the table or within the trapezium rule in part (b)
(b)
B1 Uses a strip width of 0.5 or equivalent.
M1 Uses the correct form of the trapezium rule, a form of which appears in the formula booklet.
Look for .... 2 1.2958 2 (1.3041 their 0.9242 0.9089
2
Accept for this the sum of four trapezia
A1 Awrt 2.393 (3dp)
(c)
M1 Uses integration by parts, the correct way around.
2 x2 ln x x2 ln x
Accept integration on either x ln x or multiples like or even
3 3 3
qx3
Accept as evidence an expression of the form px3 ln x (dx)
x
x3 x3 1
A1 Using integration by parts to arrive at an intermediate form ln x d x where k most
k k x
likely will be a multiple of 3.
B1 Integrates the 2x 4 to x 2 4 x (c) . Ignore any constants.
Watch for candidates who take out a common factor 1 .. 6 x 12 to 1 ... 3 x 2 12 x ( c )
3 3
x2 ln x x3 x3
A1 The correct integral for Accept equivalent expressions to ln x (c )
3 9 27
This is independent of the integral for the 2x 4 term.
dM1 Dependent upon the M mark – it is for substituting in both x=3 and x=1 and subtracting (either
way around).
A1 Correct solution only ln 27 26 . The answer must be in this form and 3ln3 ln 27
27
(d)
M1 Uses their answer obtained by integration in part c and their answer obtained by the trapezium
rule in part b and calculates c b
c
A1 Accept awrt ±2.6%.
(e)
B1 Makes a reference to increasing the number of strips. Accept decrease the width of the strips,
use more trapezia Be generous with statements like more values or strips as the intention is clear.
Also accept more x’s, more y’s but don’t accept use more decimal places.
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
13(a) R 109 B1
3
tan awrt16.70 M1A1
10
(3)
(b)(i) Max height = 12+ ‘ 109 ’= 22.44 m M1A1
(ii) Occurs when 30t '16.70' 180 t 5.44 M1A1
(4)
6
(c) 18 12 109 cos(30 t 16.70) cos(30 t 16.70) ( 0.57..) M1A1
109
6
30t 16.70 arccos t .. dM1
109
t aw rt 3.61 (2dp) A1
(4)
(b)(i)
M1 For 12 +their R
A1 Awrt 22.44 m. Accept 12+ 109
(b) (ii)
M1 For arriving at a solution for t from 30t '16.70 ' 180 t ..
If radians were used in part a then accept 30t '0.29 ' t ..
A1 t awrt 5.44 only.
If multiple solutions are found, 5.44 must be referred to as their ‘chosen’ solution
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
Answers from calculus will be rare. They can be scored as follows.
From the original function:
For (b)(ii) M1 d H 0 3 0 t 1 8 0 ' arctan 3 ' t .. A1 t awrt 5.44 only
dt 10
(b)(i) M1 Sub their t awrt 5.44 obtained from d H 0 A1 Awrt 22.44 m
dt
From the adapted function:
For (b)(ii) M1 d H 0 30 t '16.70 ' 180 t .. A1 t awrt 5.44 only
dt
(b)(i) M1 Sub their t awrt 5.44 obtained from d H 0 A1 Awrt 22.44 m
dt
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
(c)
M1 Attempts to substitute H 18 into H 12 10cos30t 3sin 30t and use their answer to part (a) to
proceed to cos(30t their '16.70 ') ...
6
A1 cos(30 t their '16.70 ') or awrt 0.57 . It may be implied by 30t '16.70' awrt125
109
dM1 Dependent upon previous M. Score for cos(30 t '16.70 ') ... t ..
The cos(..) must be negative, the order of operations must be seen to be correct with the ‘invcos’
being attempted first and the second quadrant must be chosen for their calculation.
A1 t 3.61.
The answer with no incorrect working scores all 4 marks.
If multiple solutions are found, 3.61 must be referred to as their ‘chosen’ solution
(d)
M1 Attempting 30t 360 t .. or 30t 720 t ..
A1 24 minutes. Both 24 and minutes are required.
Pearson Education Limited. Registered company number 872828
with its registered office at Edinburgh Gate, Harlow, Essex CM20 2JE
Mark Scheme (Results)
Summer 2015
(But note that specific mark schemes may sometimes override these general
principles).
2. Formula
Attempt to use correct formula (with values for a, b and c).
2. Integration
Power of at least one term increased by 1. ( x n x n 1 )
Use of a formula
Where a method involves using a formula that has been learnt, the advice
given in recent examiners’ reports is that the formula should be quoted first.
Exact answers
Examiners’ reports have emphasised that where, for example, an exact
answer is asked for, or working with surds is clearly required, marks will
normally be lost if the candidate resorts to using rounded decimals.
1
x or y 3 or
2 1
2
,3 or , 3
1
2
A1
both
1
2 1
,3 and , 3 and no extra solutions
2
A1
(3)
(9 marks)
Notes for Question 1
dy
(a) M1 Differentiating 4x 2 y 2 with respect to x to obtain Ax By
dx
dy
Condone ... at start. May not have lost the +5
dx
d dy
B1 Sight of 2 xy 2 x 2 y
dx dx
A1 A fully correct derivative. Accept 8 xdx 2 ydy 2 xdy 2 ydx 0 (needs = 0)
dy
dM1 depends on previous M mark and B mark so has at least two terms in and at least
dx
two other terms.
dy
Way 1: Sets 2 in each term in their differentiated function.
dx
dy
Or Way 2: May see algebra used to give (condone sign slips and slight copying
dx
errors but not omission of terms)
ddM1 Dependent upon both previous M's. It is for proceeding to obtain an unsimplified
(4 x y )
correct equation in x and y equivalent to those in the scheme e.g. 2
x y
A1* cso y 6 x 0 no errors should have been seen - the solutions in the mark scheme
would gain full marks (extra lines of working are not required) – accept y = 6x
y
(b)M1 Substitutes y 6 x or x into the equation of curve C to form an equation in one
6
variable and reaches two term quadratic Ax 2 B or Ay 2 B for any values of A or B
(4 x2 36 x 2 12 x 2 5 0 ) 20 x 2 5
y 2 y2 5 2
4 6 y 3 5 0 y 5
2
but condone slips in the working
9
A1 Either one correct pair of coordinates or both x or both y values.
A1 Both
1
2 1
,3 and , 3 ( two answers correct with no incorrect working implies
2
M1A1A1) Any extra solutions (obtained by substituting the variable found first into
the quadratic, instead of the linear equation for example) result in A0.
Unsimplifed answers lose the final A mark e.g. 5
20
,3 and 5
20
, 3
Allow (0.5, 3) and (-0.5, -3) – need not be in brackets if pairing is clear but wrong
pairing is A0.
1 1 1
x , y 3 and x , y 3 is acceptable but x , y 3 is not sufficient
2 2 2
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
2(a) 4( x 2 6) A (2 x ) 2 B (1 2 x )(2 x ) C (1 2 x ) M1
Way 1 Let x 2 40 5C C 8 dM1
1
Let x 25 6.25 A A 4 A 4, C 8 A1
2
Compare constants / terms in x or substitute another value of x into identity
A1* (4)
and conclude that B = 0 e.g. 24 4 A 2 B C B 0 *
Way 2
4( x 2 6) A (2 x ) 2 B (1 2 x )(2 x ) C (1 2 x ) M1
(a)
Compare x 2 : so 4 A 2 B , x : so 0 4 A 3 B 2 C ,
dM1
constants: so 24 4 A 2 B C
So A 4, C 8 , and B = 0* A1, A1
4 x2 6
2
Way 1 1 x
4(1 2 x ) 1 8(2 x ) 2 4(1 2 x ) 1 8 2 1 B1 ft
(b) (1 2 x )(2 x ) 2
2 2
2
( 1)( 2)( 2 x ) 2 x ( 2)( 3) x
See ... 1 ( 1)( 2 x ) or ... 1 ( 2) M1
2! 2 2! 2
2
( 1)( 2)( 2 x ) 2
x ( 2)( 3) x
... 1 ( 1)( 2 x ) and ... 1 ( 2) A1
2! 2 2! 2
4(1 2 x 4 x 2 ..) 2 1 x x 2
3
4 35
6 6 x x2
2
dM1A1
(5)
4 x 6
2 2
1 x
4 x 2 6 (1 2 x ) 1 2 1
Way 2
Or B1
(b) (1 2 x )(2 x ) 2
2 2
2
( 1)( 2)( 2 x ) 2 x ( 2)( 3) x
See ... 1 ( 1)( 2 x ) or ... 1 ( 2) M1
2! 2 2! 2
2
( 1)( 2)( 2 x )
2
x ( 2)( 3) x
... 1 ( 1)( 2 x ) and ... 1 ( 2) A1
2! 2 2! 2
4( x 2 6)(1 2 x 4 x 2 ..)
1
4 3
35
1 x x2 6 6 x x2
4 2
dM1A1
(5)
( 9 marks)
Notes for question 2
A1* This needs a method as the answer is given and needs to conclude that B = 0.
For method: May compare constants i.e. 24 = 4A + 2B + C with A = 4 and C = 8,
or terms in x i.e. 0 = 4A – 3B – 2C with A = 4 and C = 8,
or term in x 2 : so 4 A 2 B with A = 4
or substitute another value for x such as x = 0 or x = 1 …with A = 4 and C = 8.
(b) Way 1
2
1 x
B1ft Writes their expression in the form A (1 2 x ) 1 C 1 ft on values of A and C .
2 2
2
There should be no B term.
(This may be awarded for writing or using A (1 2 x ) 1 C (2 x ) 2 and writing
2
1 x
separately in their solution C (2 x ) 2 C 1 ) This could appear in the
2 2
2
binomial expansions.
M1 Uses the binomial expansion correctly for one expansion, with power of 2 outside the second
bracket ignored. Allow missing brackets for this mark. Ignore constants outside the bracket
for this method mark. One completely correct expansion in the bracket
A1 ‘Both’ expansions in the brackets correct and unsimplified. Can be awarded for the two
completely correct expansions in the brackets without mention of “A” and /or “C” or adding
and with power of 2 outside the second bracket ignored.
dM1 Multiplies out brackets and collects terms. Dependent upon previous M mark. Allow
sign slips.
35 2
A1 6 6x x . May be written as list or in reverse order. Implies previous M mark.
2
Way 2
4 x2 6
2
1 1 x
B1 Writes 4 x 6 (1 2 x ) 1 . This could be given after
2
(1 2 x )(2 x ) 2 4 2
the two binomial expansions. (It may be awarded for writing
2
1 x
4 x 2 6 (1 2 x )1 2 x
2
and writing separately (2 x ) 2 1 )
2 2
2
M1A1: Follow the scheme and the notes for Way 1
35 2
A1 6 6x x . May be written as list or in reverse order. Implies previous M mark.
2
( 2)( 3) 4
N.B. (2 x ) 2 2 2 ( 2)2 3 ( x ) 2 ( x ) 2 .. ( 14 14 x 163 x 2 ) is an alternative
2!
correct expansion and implies the B1 mark as well as contributing to the M1(one correct
expansion) A1 (two correct expansions)
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
3 (a) f '( x ) e x 2 (2 x 5)e x M1A1
3
f '( x ) 0 (2 x 3)e x 0 x M1A1
2
3 3
3
{Coordinates of A= , 2e 2 } obtains y 2e 2 A1ft
2
(5)
3
(b) 2e k 0
2 M1A1
(2)
(c) Y
O 52 , 0 x
52 , 0 only B1
0,5 only B1
(3)
(10 marks)
Notes for Question 3
(a) M1 For applying the product rule correctly to get a form Ae x (2 x 5)e x with A a constant
A1 correct differentiation – need not be simplified - isw
M1 Sets their f '( x ) 0 and proceeds to x ..
A1 Correct answer in any equivalent form. (Ignore extra answers such as ln0 or even 0)
A1ft For finding their correct exact y coordinate(ft their x) .Allow even if positive. May not be
given as coordinates.
3
Allow y 2e for this mark
2
Need to use k this time, not y and need exact lower limit.
(c) B1 Correct shape – curve lies only in first two quadrants with maximum in first quadrant. Tends
to x axis as x becomes large and negative . Crosses y axis and touches x axis with
discontinuous gradient –cusp- (not a minimum point). Then gradient becomes steeper as x
becomes large and Positive. (Give bod if curve looks like straight line here but must not bend
back on itself)
B1 Correct x coordinate– may be on sketch or in the text. Diagram takes priority over text if there
is a contradiction. Need both coordinates if in the text but on the x axis the 2.5 is sufficient
(even allow (0, 2.5) on x axis) Must be the only crossing point.
B1 Correct y coordinate– may be on sketch or in the text. Need both coordinates if in the text but
on the y axis the 5 is sufficient (even allow (5,0) on y axis). Must be only crossing point.
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
20 2
Uses a.b a b cos 20 5 6 cos cos
30 3
4 (a) M1A1
(2)
c a b 2 ab cos C
2 2 2
c 2 a 2 b 2 2a.b
(b) Uses 2
c 2 52 6 2 2 5 6 c 2 52 62 2 20 M1
3
AB 21 A1
(2)
2 5
Uses any method (or no method) with their cos sin or
3 3
(c) M1
5 5
gives exact height
3
1
Area of triangle OAB= 5 6 sin( AOB ) M1
2
1
5 6 sin( AOB ) 5 5 (no evidence of calculator and clear working
2 A1*
with surds) (See notes for other methods)
(3)
(7 marks)
Notes for Question 4
(c) M1 Uses any method with their exact numerical cos to find exact value of sin
Alternative method for (c) using Heron's formula – can get M1M1A1
abc
M1 Attempts to use A s ( s a )( s b )( s c ) with s and a 5, b 6 and
2
c their exact answer to part (b)
dy ( x 1) x 1 x 1 dy 1
or y 1
5.(i) dx ( x 1) 2
( x 1) 2
x 1 x 1 dx x 12 M1
(see notes for further methods)
1 1
or ( x 1) 2 4 or x 2 2 x 1 4 A1
( x 1) 2
4
x 1, 3 M1 A1
(4)
t 1 1
(ii) dt 1 dt t ln t (+c) see notes for integration by parts. M1A1
t t
t ln t 2aa ln 7 2a ln 2a a ln a ln 7
2a 7
a ln ln 7 a ln or a = ln7 – ln 2 dM1A1
a 2
(4)
(8 marks)
Notes for Question 5
(i) M1 Correct use of quotient, product, implicit differentiation OR chain rules – may not be
simplified – accept any correct answer or correct formula quoted followed by slip.
2
Correct answers are: ( 1)( x 1) (chain rule)
( x 1) ( 1) x ( x 1) 2 (product rule)
1
dy dy 1 y 1
y (x + 1) = x gives ( x 1) y 1 so or (implicit differentiation)
dx dx x 1 ( x 1)2
dy 1
A1 and proceeds to one of the listed correct equations in x only.
dx 4
1 1
i.e. or ( x 1) 2 4 or x 2 2 x 1 4
( x 1) 2
4
M1 Solves their quadratic by usual methods (see notes) to obtain two values for x ..
A1 Need both answers - two correct answers for x with no working implies the method here.
Ignore y values if they are given as well.
(ii) M1 Writes as a sum of 1 and t -1 and integrates this sum giving a sum with one correct term
e.g. t + t -2
May use parts (see below for two variants on parts) If parts are used they must be used
accurately (as given below). It is not the most efficient method here and usually results in
errors and no marks.
A1 Both terms correct (ignore arbitrary constant) e.g. From parts may obtain t ln t 1
dM1 Uses limits correct way round and sets I(2a ) I( a ) ln 7 and also uses or states
ln 2a ln a ln 2 leading to a ..
This is dependent upon the previous M having been scored
A1 Correct answer. Accept any correct equivalent e.g. ln 3.5 .
ln7 – ln2 is A1 but if it is followed by ln5 this is A0
Parts in integration:
1 t2 1 t2
t 1 t 1 1
Either: dt t t dt 1 dt for M1
t t 2
2 2
t
2 2 t
t t
= 1 ln t for A1 then as before
2 2
ln t dt for M1
t 1
Or: dt (t 1) ln t
t
k
ln e ln 2
k
e
ln 2 No intermediate step
10 needed
10
1
ln e
A1*
k 2 *
10
(4)
(c) Uses m = 20 and their numerical k so 20 25e1' k ' t e1' k ' t 0.8 o.e. M1
1 ln 0.8
t dM1
'k '
t awrt 40 (years) A1
(3)
(8 marks)
Notes for question 6
(a) B1 for 25e or for numerical answer, e.g. 67.957 – allow awrt 68
(b) M1 Uses t 10, m 50, in m 25e1 kt to give 50 25e110 k
A1 e110 k 2 (way 1) or e 10 k 2 / e o.e. (way 2) or e10 k e / 2 (way 3) or
e10 k 1 1 (variant on Way 1) to give a correct equation ef ( k ) B . Some solutions will
2
move from
one of these options to another by sound algebra – this is acceptable.
M1 Taking logs correctly to give f(k) = ln B
i.e. 1 10 k ln 2 (way 1) or 10 k ln(2 / e) o.e. (way 2) or 10k ln(e / 2) (way 3) or
10k -1 = ln(1/2) (way 4*)
(There are a number of correct alternatives but this line should follow directly from the
previous one) This must be a correct equation.
A1* cso- Needs both M marks, everything should have been correct and exact. Makes k the
subject of the Formula. Needs an intermediate step for ways 1 and 2 but not for way 3.
ln e ln 2 ln(2/e)
e.g. k (Way 1 or Way 4*) or k (Way2) or straight to
10 10
1
ln e
k 2 (Way 3)
10
1 e
ln e ln
Must conclude with the printed answer k
2 or k 2 or k 1 ln e o.e.
10 10 10 2
.
Special Case Taking the mass as 50 + 25e in part (b) should be treated as misread. Can earn
1 ln(2 e)
M1A0M1A0 and obtains k
10
(c) M1 Uses m 20 and their numerical k in m 25e1 kt e1 ' k ' t 0.8 (NB k = 0.030685…)
NB e(1 ' k ')t 0.8 is M0 (usually e0.97t 0.8 )
A1 Allow awrt 40 (may see 39.86 or 39.9). (Decimals are acceptable in part (c)) Do not allow -40
Special Case
If the answer 40 appears with no working or after minimal working where no marks have been scored
then award M1M0A0 – special case.
If the first M mark in (c) has been awarded and they give the answer 40 with no further working, then
award M1M1A1
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
2t 1 B1M1A1
7(a) 4 tan 2 x 3cot x sec 2 x 0 4 3 (1 t 2 ) 0
1 t 2
t
7 5 11
x , , , M1A1
6 6 6 6
(4)
(8 marks)
Notes for Question 7
2t 2 tan x sin 2 x
(a) B1 Uses 4 tan 2 x 4 or 4 tan 2 x 4 . (B0 for tan 2 x )
1 t 2
1 tan x
2
cos 2 x
1 1
M1 Uses either cot x or or sec2 x 1 tan 2 x or 1 t 2 (quoted correctly)
tan x t
1 1
A1 Uses both cot x or and sec2 x 1 tan 2 x or 1 t 2 both quoted correctly
tan x t
cos x 1
[ This M1A1 may also arise from the use of cot x with sec 2 x and with
sin x cos 2 x
1
cos 2 x sin 2 x 1 to reach t ; so M1 for all three of these identities and A1 for reaching
t
1
result.] cot x may be implied (by tanxcotx = 1 for example)
tan x
A1* As the answer is given, a fully correct intermediate line of working must be seen
(Answer may have terms in a different order but must be equivalent correct equation in t)
(b) M1 Solves given quadratic in t 2 . (may be one slip copying) Accept correct factorisation
(shown), formula, completing square. Must then also square root. Need to get to t =
This may be implied by just one answer for t or tan x (from a graphical calculator)
1
A1 tan x ( t ) (need both plus and minus) or awrt 0.5774 (ignore further values
3
of tan x from their quadratic)
1
N.B. tan 2 x is not enough. This is M0A0
3
M1 For obtaining two answers for x from their answers for t (must be in different
quadrants if following through wrong t ) (check on your calculator)
A1 All 4 exact and correct and no extra values in the range
If all four answers are correct but in degrees 30, 210, 150, 330 lose final A mark
If the answers are given as decimals 0.524, 3.67, 2.62 and 5.76 lose final A mark.
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
d 1
8 (a) ln tan 2 y 2sec 2 2 y M1A1
dy tan 2 y
cos 2 y 2 k
= M1
sin 2 y cos 2 y
2
sin 2 y cos 2 y
4 4
A1* cso
2sin 2 y cos 2 y sin 4 y
(4)
(b) dy dy
2cos x sin 4 y
sin 4 y
2cos xdx B1
Way 1 dx
1
ln tan 2 y 2sin x c M1A1
4
1 1 1
Finds
Put x 0, y ln tan 2 2sin 0 c c ... ln 3 or ln 3 M1
limits first 6 4 6 4 8
8sin x c
Takes exponentials so tan 2 y e M1
Finds limits
after tan 2 y e8sin x c (so tan 2 y Ae8sin x ) M1 (bM3 on epen)
removing lns
Put x 0, y , so A = or e c M1 (bM2 on epen)
6
tan 2 y 3 e8sin x A1
(6)
(10 marks)
dy dy
2cos x sin 4 y
sin 4 y
(b) 2cos xdx B1
Way 2 dx
1
ln(cosec4 y cot 4 y ) 2sin x ( c ) M1A1
4
Sub x 0, y
6
1 2 2 1 1 1
ln(cosec cot ) 2sin 0 c c ... ln or ln 3 M1
4 3 3 4 3 4
1 1 cos 4 y 1 1 M1A1
ln( ) ln(tan 2 y ) 2sin x ln 3 so tan 2 y 3 e8sin x
4 sin 4 y 4 4 (6)
(b)
Special case: Differentiates the answer. Marks available B0M1A0M1M1A1
Way 3
dy
tan 2 y A e B sin x 2 sec 2 2 y AB cos xe B sin x M1
dx
dy B cos x tan 2 y cos 2 2 y
M1
dx (2)
dy B cos x 2 sin 2 y cos 2 y B cos x sin 4 y
= M1
dx (4) (4)
B = 8 and A =√3 A1 4/6
Notes for question 8
d 1
(a) M1 Uses chain rule to obtain ln tan 2 y A sec2 2 y (A can even be 1)
dy tan 2 y
A1 Correct answer (unsimplified)
sin 2 y 1 k
M1 Uses identity for tan 2 y and for sec2 2 y and reaches
cos 2 y 2
cos 2 y sin 2 y cos 2 y
1 1
or k
sin 2 y cos 2 y
NB Some use long alternative methods using
cos 2 y sin 2 y
2 2 2
sin 2 y 1
sec 2 y 1 tan 2 y 1
2 2
2 2 2
cos 2 y cos 2 y cos 2 y
k
There needs to be a complete method leading to for the M1
sin 2 y cos 2 y
A1* cso Writes their expression in terms of sin 4 y using the identity sin 4 y 2sin 2 y cos 2 y This
is a given answer which must be stated and all aspects of the proof must be correct .( Need to multiply
top and bottom of fraction by 2 or use other convincing intermediate step).
(b) B1 Separate terms. Accept without the integral as long as integration is implied by
subsequent working.
M1 Use inverse of part (a) (integration – the reverse of differentiation) as well as knowing
cos xdx sin x to produce A ln tan 2 y B sin x ( c ) (or quotes results)
A1 Correct answer, no need for ( c ) (Correct answer implies the M1)
M1 Subs x 0, y into their integrated expression to find c = (must have c for this mark)
6
M1 Uses correct ln work to find an unsimplified expression for tan 2 y (must have c) (They may
remove lns before finding a value for c)
Correct answer and correct solution. Do not accept A= tan
need A =√3
A1
3
Way 2
A scheme is given but most will struggle to complete this method. The first 4 marks are readily
accessible but showing the answer is difficult. If in doubt, send to review.
B1 Separate terms as in first method
M1 Use standard integral on scheme and obtain A ln(cosec4 y cot 4 y ) 2 sin x ( c )
A1 Correct answer, no need for ( c )
M1 Subs x 0, y into their integrated expression to find c (must have c for this mark)
6
M1 Uses definitions of cosec and cot together with double angle formulae to give tan 2 y (must
have c)
A1 Correct answer and conclusion with correct values for A and B
Way 3 (Special Case)
This assumes the answer and differentiates. This is not a complete answer to the question as it merely
shows that the given answer satisfies the differential equation. So this is treated as a misread and four
of the six marks are available.
B0 Not available as variables are not separated
M1 Implicit differentiation (There may be sign errors or wrong factors of 2)
A0 Not available
M1 Obtains expression in scheme (may be sign errors or wrong factors of 2)
B cos x sin 4 y
M1 Uses definitions with double angle formulae to give
(4)
A1 Correct answer and conclusion with correct values for A and B
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
9(a) A and B are where y = 0 so t 3 9 t 0 t ( t 2 9) 0 t 3 (0 and 3) M1
When t 3, x 15 A1
A (3, 0) B1
(3)
Or Special case - uses answer - t 2 t 15 t 3 (-5)
2
M1
When t 3, y 0 A1
A (3, 0) B1
(3)
dy
dy 3t 2 9
(b) dt M1A1
dx dx 2t 2
dt
Substitutes t 3 into
dy 3t 2 9
dx 2t 2
gradient =
9
4 M1
15
t A1
4
105 1215 9 63
Coordinates of X are , or 6 , 18
16 64 16 64 ddM1A1cso
Accept awrt 6.56, 18.98
(5)
(13 marks)
Notes for Question 9
(a) M1 Sets y = 0, so t 3 9 t 0 t 3 .
A1 Uses t 3, to state the x coordinate of B is 15
B1 States A (3, 0) (need not see working) must have both coordinates
S.C. M1 Sets t 2 2 t 15 t 3
A1 Uses t 3, to state the y coordinate of B is 0
B1 States A (3, 0) (need not see working)
dy
dy dt -
(b) M1 Differentiates x ( t ) and y (t ) ( allow one error) and calculates by using
dx dx
dt
dy 3t 92
A1
dx 2t 2
dy
M1 Substitutes ‘their’ t=3 into their to find the gradient of the tangent at B
dx
M1 Uses (15,0) and their non-zero numerical gradient to find an equation of the tangent.
A
3
2
Way 2 V 6 x 3 , A x 2 V 6 M1
1
dV A 2
B1 B1
9
dA
20 ddVt
1
dV dV dA dV 4 2 9 dM1A1 A1
Uses 9
dt dA dt dt A 4 10 (6 marks)
dA
Way 3 A x2 2 x First B1
dx
dV
V 6 x3 18 x 2 Second B1
dx
dV dV dx dA dV 1
Uses 18 x 2 M1A1
dt dx dA dt dt 2 x 20
9 dM1A1
Put x = 2 to give
10 (6 marks)
dA
Misunderstands area as Total Surface Area A 14 x 2 28 x B0
dx
Uses
dA dA dx
dt dx dt
20
dx
28 x
dt
dx
1
dt 560 x 1120
1
M1A1
dV
V 6 x3 18 x 2 B1
dx
dV dV dx dV 1 9
18 22 dM1A0
dt dx dt dt 1120 140
dA
Misunderstands area as Curved Surface Area A 12 x 2 24 x B0
dx
Similar scheme to above with
20
dx
24 x
dt
dx
dt 480 x
1
1
960 M1A1
dV
V 6 x3 18 x 2 B1
dx
dV dV dx dV 1 9 3
18 22 ( or ) dM1A0
dt dx dt dt 960 120 40
Notes for Question 10
Must use calculus.
dA
Way 1 B1 Correct statement 2 x
dx
dA dA dx dx dA dA
M1 Uses correct chain rule or equivalent e.g.
d t dx dt dt d t dx
dA dA dx
with and their to calculate . NB If they correctly state the chain rule
dt 20 dx dt
dA dA dx
then make an algebraic error they may be awarded this method mark
dt dx dt
dx
A1 Obtain correct expression for e.g. 20 then isw (award this mark in the two
dt 2 x
misread cases described where correct Curved Surface Area or Total Surface Area are used
correctly)
dV
B1 Correct statement 18 x 2
dx
dV dV dx dx dV dV
dM1 Uses with their and to calculate , with x = 2 substituted.
dt dx dt dt dx dt
dV
NB should be in terms of one variable x ( so of the form kx 2 and not kxh )
dx
9 18
A1 or 0.9π or ……or k =0.9 etc
10 20
3
Way 2 M1 Writes V in terms of A. Accept V .. A 2 (first M on epen) This indicates way 2.
1
dV A 2
B2 9 (both Bs on epen)
dA
3
dM1 This is dependent on the first method mark where V .. A 2 .
dV dV dA dV dA dV
Uses with their and to find (second M on epen)
dt dA dt dA dt 20 dt
dV 1
Condone use of r throughout, but if there is a mixture of r, x and h, then final accuracy mark
may be with- held if full marks would have been gained. (Send to review if in doubt)
NB: Misreads/ misunderstandings of cross section area- there are two examples in the
dA
scheme above- another possible is an open cylinder where area = 13 x 2 26 x –
dx
then
20
dx
26 x
dt
dx
1
dt 520 x 1040
1
and then V 6 x3
dV
dx
18 x 2 which gives
dV dV dx dV 1 9
18 22 These may be also combined with Way 3
dt dx dt dt 1040 130
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
3 41
11(a) ( R 1.52 1.2 2 ) awrt 1.921 - accept e.g. 3.69 or B1
10
1.2
tan 0.675 or 0.215π M1A1
1.5
(3)
(b) H 3 1.921sin
t
6
0.675
H min 3 '1.921' awrt1.08 M1A1
t
6
"0.675"
3
2
t 10.29 M1A1
(4)
(c) 4 3 1.921sin 6t 0.675 sin 6t 0.675 1.921
1
M1
t
0.675 0.548 t awrt 2.33 or 2.34 dM1A1
6
t ddM1A1
0.675 0.548 2.594 t awrt 6.24 or 6.25
6
Times are 2:20pm and 6:15pm or 6.14pm (14:20 and 18:15 or 18:14) –
allow 2 hours 20minutes and 6 hours 15 or 14minutes or 140 minutes and A1
375 or 374 minutes
Extra values in the range – lose final A mark. (6)
(13 marks)
Notes for Question 11
3 41
(a) B1 R awrt 1.921 (3dp) – allow any equivalent e.g. 3.69 or
10
1.2 1.5
M1 tan or tan
1.5 1.2
A1 awrt 0.675 (3dp) also allow 0.215π (must be in radians)
5 2
(i) B1 OP 1 3 or coordinates of P are 5 2 ,1 3 , 6 . This may be implied by
6 1
its use in the scalar product.
2
M1 Attempts to use (may make slip copying) their OP. 3 0 obtaining an equation in
1
and solving to give =
They may use any multiple of 2i – 3j + k (including (2i – 3j + k) or –(2i – 3j + k) etc…)
1
A1
2
dM1 Substitutes their into their OP . Dependent upon the previous M
A1 P has coordinates ( 4, 0.5, 6.5) . Accept it written in coordinate or in a vector form –
4
either as column vector or as - 4i - 0.5 j +6.5k. Accept OP 12 for example.
13
2
(ii) Way 1
5
M1 Writing OA k 3 or the coordinates of A as (5 k , 3 k , 4 k ) .
4
This mark may be implied by correct coordinates later.
A1 Correct equation in k (one variable) using 3D Pythagoras’ theorem
dM1 (Dependent on first M mark) Solves their equation to give at least one value for k
(their one variable, even allow use of μ here) and substitutes to find at least one
possible position.
1 1
A1
a = 53 OR
3 . Allow coordinates 1, 3 , 4 or 1, 3 , 4
5 5 5 5 5
4 4
5 5
1 1
3
a= 5 AND
3 . Allow coordinates 1, 3 , 4 and 1, 3 , 4
A1
5 5 5 5 5
4 4
5 5
If there are surds in the answer but it is otherwise correct then lose the final A1
Way 2:
This is described in the scheme where x is the single variable used but could be used with
3 4
( 53 y , y , 43 y ) where y is , or with ( 54 z , 43 z , z ) where z is in a similar way.
5 5
Way 3: The successful approach is described above in the scheme.
Solving the equations may be lengthy, they may eliminate their variables one at a time and
they may make errors.
M1: This is for these correct equations in the scheme (Two equations – three unknowns)
A1: A correct further equation (third equation – three unknowns)
M1: Solves to obtain the three variables
A1, A1 as before
(A common variation)
Some write x 2 y 2 z 2 2 together with a scalar product giving 5 x 3 y 4 z 2 50
This is two equations in three unknowns and usually stops there. This is marked
M0A0M0A0A0 unless the candidate produces a third equation and makes progress towards
the answer.
2 1
Way 4: (Special Case) M1A1: Writes down with little or no working (or or even 5)
50 5
dM1A1A1: Uses their correct fraction to find the coordinates (position vectors) – as before
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
13 (a) awrt 0.3799 – may be seen in the table B1
(1)
1 e e 2
Area = 1 2 '0.3799' 0 [The +0 is not required] B1M1
2 2
(b)
= awrt 2.055 A1
(3)
2 ln x
ln x x dx
(c)
dx 1 ln x dx x ln x x
2 2 2
M1
Way 1
x ln x 2ln xdx
2
A1
x ln x 2 x ln x 2dx
2
dM1
x ln x 2 x ln x 2 x ( c )
2
A1*
(4)
1
(c)
ln x 2 dx ln x ln x dx ln x x ln x x x ln x x dx M1
Way 2 x
ln x x ln x x ln x 1dx A1
ln x x ln x x x ln x x x dM1
x ln x 2 x ln x 2 x ( c )
2
A1*
(4)
(c)
Use u = lnx substitution to get to
Way3
u e du u e 2ue du
2 u 2 u u
M1
u e 2ue 2 e du
2 u u u
A1
u 2 eu 2ueu 2 eu k
dM1A1
x ln x 2 x ln x 2 x ( c )
2
(4)
Volume = y 2 dx 2 ln x dx
2
(d) B1
2 ln x
2
dx 4 4ln x (ln x )2 dx M1
Correct integration of at least two of their three terms (see notes) M1
4 x 4( x ln x x ) x (ln x ) 2 2 x ln x 2 x ( c ) A1
e2
Volume 4 x 4( x ln x x ) x (ln x ) 2 2 x ln x 2 x ddM1
e
2 e2 5 e
e(2e 5) A1
(6)
(14 marks)
Notes for Question 13
(a) B1 awrt 0.3799 – should be in the table or given as answer – not just appear in trapezium
rule
e2 e e 2 +e e 2 +e
(b) B1 For the strip width of or correct equivalent e.g. e , or e 2
2 2 2
Also accept awrt 2.34 o.e.
This may be stated as h = the values above , or may be used correctly in the rule so
e2 e
, etc or 1.17 may be seen.
4
M1 For correct application of the trapezium rule – requires correct ft bracket
.... 1 2 their answer to( a ) 0
A1 awrt 2.055
(c) Must use integration by parts or 0/4. Differentiating the answer is not acceptable.
Way 1 M1 One correct application of integration by parts the correct way around.
A ln x
ln x dx x ln x x
2 2
Accept dx
x
x ln x 2ln xdx
2
A1
dM1 A second application of integration by parts the correct way around
Accept x ln x Ax ln x Bdx
2
Accept the answer to the ln xdx part just written down as x ln x x
Way 2 M1 One correct application of integration by parts the correct way around.
1
ln x
dx ln x ln x dx ln x x ln x x x x ln x x dx
2
Accept
A1
ln x x ln x x ln x 1 dx
dM1 A second application of integration by parts the correct way around
Accept ln x x ln x x x ln x x x
Accept the answer to the ln xdx part just written down as x ln x x and substituted
into their expression
Correct solution only x ln x 2 x ln x 2 x ( c ) with or without 'c'
2
A1*
Way 3 M1 Uses substitution and performs one correct application of integration by parts the
correct way around.
A1
u 2 eu 2ueu 2 eu du after second integration by parts
dM1 Final integration and returns to x
Correct solution only x ln x 2 x ln x 2 x ( c ) with or without 'c'
2
A1*
y dx 2 ln x
2 2
(d) B1 Volume = dx (needs π and integral symbol) but not limits
and can condone missing dx
Multiplies out 2 ln x to ln x (ln x ) 2 where , and are non zero
2
M1
positive or negative constants.
M1 Needs attempt to multiply out to at least (ln x ) 2 where and are non zero
positive or negative constants.and attempt to integrate.
Look for x ( x ln x x ) x (ln x ) 2 x ln x 2 x
2
with two of the three
terms integrated correctly
(So if = 0 could score M0M1 here)
A1 Correct answer 4 x 4( x ln x x ) x (ln x ) 2 2 x ln x 2 x ( c ) with or without c.
Accept unsimplified and isw.
ddM1 Attempts to substitute both correct limits into the result of their integral.
Both previous M's must have been scored. If there has been small slips simplifying the
result of the integral before use of limits then allow M1
A1 Correct solution only e(2e 5)
2
Special case: For those who misunderstand/ misread and think that y (ln x ) so
y dx ln x
2 4
Volume = dx - the first B1 may be exceptionally awarded. If anyone
appears to make progress with a method for this integration (not rubbish) please send to
review.
This gains 1/6 marks
Pearson Education Limited. Registered company number 872828
with its registered office at 80 Strand, London, WC2R 0RL, United Kingdom
Mark Scheme (Results)
January 2016
(But note that specific mark schemes may sometimes override these general principles).
2. Formula
Attempt to use correct formula (with values for a, b and c).
2. Integration
Power of at least one term increased by 1. ( x n x n 1 )
Use of a formula
Where a method involves using a formula that has been learnt, the advice given in recent
examiners’ reports is that the formula should be quoted first.
Exact answers
Examiners’ reports have emphasised that where, for example, an exact answer is asked for,
or working with surds is clearly required, marks will normally be lost if the candidate resorts
to using rounded decimals.
1 2 4 5 2
2
1 4 x x ... M1A1
81 3 2 3
1 8 40 2
x x ... A1
81 243 729
(4 marks)
( 4)( 5)
Alternative: (3 2 x ) 4 3 4 ( 4)(3) 5 ( 2 x ) (3) 6 ( 2 x ) 2 ... B1 M1 A1
2
1 8 40 2
x x ... A1
81 243 729
(4 marks)
A1 Any (unsimplified) form of the binomial expansion. Ignore the factor before the bracket.
The bracketing must be correct but it is acceptable for them to recover from ''missing'' brackets for full
marks.
2 4 5 2
2
8 40 2
Look for 1 4 x x or 1 x x
3 2 3 3 9
1 8 40 2
A1 cao x x ... . Ignore any further terms.
81 243 729
Alternative
B1 For seeing either 3 4 or 1
as the first term
81
M1 It is sufficient to see the second and third term (unsimplified or simplified) condoning missing
brackets.
ie. Look for ... ( 4)(3) 5 ( kx ) ( 4)( 5) (3) 6 ( kx ) 2
2
A1 Any (un simplified) form of the binomial expansion. ... ( 4)(3) 5 ( 2 x ) ( 4)( 5) (3) 6 ( 2 x ) 2
2
(a)
B1: Accept cosec 2 x cosec x 12 0 or k 12 . No working is required.
If they write cosec 2 x cosec x 12 0 followed by k 12 allow isw
(b)
M1 Solves quadratic in cosec x by any method – factorising, formula ( accept answers to 1 dp),
completion of square. Correct answers (for cosec x of 4 and 3) imply this M mark.
Quadratic equations that have ‘imaginary’ roots please put into review.
1
dM1 Uses sin x by taking the reciprocal of at least one of their previous answers
cosecx
This is dependent upon having scored the first M1
dM1 For using arcsin to produce one answer inside the range 0 to 360 from their values.
Implied by any of 14.5 or 165.5 or 340.5 or 199.5 following (cosec x -4) (cosec x+3) =0
A1 Two correct answers inside the range 0 to 360
A1 All four answers in the range, x awrt 14.5 165.5 340.5 199.5
Any extra solutions in the range withhold the last A mark.
Ignore any solutions outside the range 0 x 360
..............................................................................................................................................................................
Radian solutions will be unlikely, but could be worth dM1 for one solution and dM1A1 A0 for all four
solutions (maximum penalty is 1 mark) but accuracy marks are awarded for solutions to 3dp
FYI: Solutions awrt are 0.253, 2.889, 3.481, 5.943
.....................................................................................................................................................................
1
The first two M marks may be achieved 'the other way around' if a candidate uses cosec x in line 1 and
sin x
produces a quadratic in sin x .
1
Award M1 for using cosec x (twice) and producing a quadratic in sin x and dM1 for solving as above.
sin x
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
dy 3 2 dy
3 Differentiates wrt x 3x ln 3 6 2 y 3xy B1 B1,M1, A1
dx dx
(7)
(7 marks)
B1 Differentiates 3 x 3 x ln 3 or e x ln 3 e x ln 3 ln 3
dy
B1 Differentiates 6 y 6
dx
dy
M1 Uses the product rule to differentiate 3 xy 2 . Evidence could be sight of 3
2
y2 kxy
2 dx
If the rule is quoted it must be correct. It could be implied by u=.., u'=.., v =.., v'=.. followed by their
dy
vu'+uv'. For this M to be scored y 2 must differentiate to ky , it cannot differentiate to 2y.
dx
A1 A completely correct differential of 3 xy 2 . It need not be simplified.
2
M1 Substitutes x 2, y 3 into their expression containing a derivative to find a ‘numerical’ value for dy
dx
The candidate may well have attempted to change the subject. Do not penalise accuracy errors on this
method mark
Any correct numerical answer in the form p ln q r where p, q, r and s are constants e.g. 9 ln 3 2
27
A1
s 12
9 ln 729
A1 Exact answer. Accept either or ln 729 9
8 8
.......................................................................................................................................................................
Note: There may be candidates who multiply by 2 first and start with 23x 12y 3xy2
This is perfectly acceptable and the mark scheme can be applied in a similar way.
......................................................................................................................................................................
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
2
3
4
4(a) V dx B1
(4 3x)2
1
4 4
( ) dx ( ) (4 3x)1 M1A1
(4 3x) 2
3
2
4 3 4 4
( ) (4 3 x ) 1 ( ) (4 2) 1 (4 3) 1 M1
3 1 3 3
10 A1
9 [5]
(a)
2
3 2
2
B1 Need a correct statement including and correct limits and dx . Allow V dx
4 3x
1
2
2
correct limits either way around. Also allow if the is later multiplied by their dx
4 3x
1
(b)
M1 Attempts to multiply their answer in (a) by 729. May be implied by 10 810 (missing the )
9
3
This may be implied by ( a ) 15
1 2
3
A1 Any correct equivalent awrt 2540 or 2550 or 810
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
5. (a) f (1) 3 , f (2) 2 M1
Sign change (and as f ( x ) is continuous) therefore a root lies in the
interval 1, 2 A1
[2]
(b) f( x ) x 4 x 6 0 x (4 x ) 6
3 2 2 M1
6 6 *
x2 and so x A1*
4 x 4 x [2]
6
(c) x2 M1
4 1.5
x 2 aw rt 1.5492 , A1
x 3 aw rt 1.5647 , and x 4 a w rt 1 .5 6 9 6 / 1 .5 6 9 7 A1
[3]
(d) f (1.5715) 0.00254665... , f (1.5725) 0.0026157969
Sign change (and as f ( x ) is continuous) therefore a root lies in the
M1A1
interval 1 .5 7 1 5, 1 .5 7 2 5 1.572 (3 dp)
[2]
(9 marks)
(a)
M1 Attempts to evaluate both f (1) and f (2) and achieves at least one of f (1) 3 or f (2) 2
If a smaller interval is chosen, eg 1.57 and 1.58, the candidate must refer back to the region 1 to 2
A1 Requires (i) both f (1) 3 and f (2) 2 correct,
(ii) sign change stated or equivalent Eg f (1) f (2) 0 and
(iii) some form of conclusion which may be : or “so result shown” or qed or tick or equivalent
(b)
M1 Must either state f(x) = 0 or set x 3 4 x 2 6 0 before writing down at least the line equivalent to
x2 (x 4) 6
A1* Completely correct with all signs correct. There is no requirement to show 6 6
4 x x4
6 6
Expect to see a minimum of the equivalent to x
2
and x
4 x x4
Alternative working backwards
(d)
M1 Choose suitable interval for x, e.g. 1 .5 7 1 5, 1 .5 7 2 5 and at least one attempt to evaluate f(x) not the
iterative formula. A minority of candidate may choose a tighter range which should include1.57199
(alpha to 5dp). This would be acceptable for both marks, provided the conditions for the A mark are
met. Continued iteration is M0
A1 Needs
(i) both evaluations correct to 1 sf, (either rounded or truncated)
Eg f (1.5715) 0.003 rounded f (1.5715) 0.002 truncated
(ii) sign change stated or equivalent Eg f ( a ) f ( b ) 0 and
(iii)some form of conclusion which may be : or “so result shown” or qed or tick or equivalent
x f(x)
x f(x)
1 ‐3
1.5715 ‐0.002546651
1.1 ‐2.491
1.5716 ‐0.002030342
1.2 ‐1.968
1.5717 ‐0.001514047
1.3 ‐1.437
1.5718 ‐0.000997766
1.4 ‐0.904
1.5719 ‐0.0004815
1.5 ‐0.375
1.572 3.4752E‐05
1.6 0.144
1.5721 0.00055099
1.7 0.647
1.5722 0.001067213
1.8 1.128
1.5723 0.001583422
1.9 1.581
1.5724 0.002099617
2 2
1.5725 0.002615797
Question Scheme Marks
Number
B1
6(a) 320 C
[1]
160
(b) T = 1 8 0 3 0 0 e 0 .0 4 t 1 6 0 , e 0 .0 4 t a w rt 0 .5 3 M1, A1
300
1 160 1 300
t ln or ln dM1
0.04 300 0.04 160
A1cso
15.7 (minutes) cao
[4]
dT
(c) ( 0.04) 300e 0.04 t = ( 0 .0 4 ) ( T 2 0 ) M1 A1
dt
= 20 T * A1*
25 [3]
(8 marks)
Alt (b) Puts T = 180 so 180 = 300e–0.04t + 20 and 300e 0.04 t 160 M1
ln300 ln 160
ln300 0.04 t ln 160 t .., dM1, A1
0.04
A1cso
15.7 (minutes) cao
[4]
(a)
B1 320 cao - do not need C
(b)
M1 Substitutes T= 180 and proceeds to a form Ae 0.04 t B or C e 0.04 t D
Condone slips on the power for this mark. For example condone A e 0.4 t B
A1 For e 0.04t 160 or e 0.04 t 300 or exact equivalent such as e 0.04 t 8
300 160 15
Accept decimals here e 0.04 t 0.53.. or e 0.04 t 1.875
dM1 Dependent upon having scored the first M1, it is for moving from e kt c , c 0 t ln c
k
A1 15.7 correct answer and correct solution only. Do not accept awrt
(c)
M1 Differentiates to give d T k e 0.04 t . Condone d T ke 0.4 t following T = 3 00 e 0.4 t 20
dt dt
1 T 20 dt k
This can be achieved from T=300e0.04t 20 t ln for M1
0.04 300 dT T 20
dT
A1 Correct derivative and correctly eliminates t to achieve ( 0.04) T 20 oe
dt
If candidate changes the subject it is for d t 25 oe
dT T 20
dT 20 T dT
Alternatively obtains the correct derivative, substitutes T in 12e 0.04 t and
dt 25 dt
compares. To score the A1* under this method there must be a statement.
A1* Obtains printed answer correctly – no errors
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
6x
dy
( x2 1) 6 x ln( x2 1) 6 x 1 ln( x 2 1) M1A1
7.(a) x 1
2
Or [2]
dx ( x2 1)2 ( x 2 1) 2
dy 2x
(b) 0 (x2 1) 3 2 3ln(x2 1)(2x) 0 M1
dx (x 1)
3 ddM1A1
y
e [5]
3 B1
(c) ln 2 or 1.0397
2 [1]
(d)
1
1 ........................... B1 oe
2
1 3 3 3
1 0 ln10 2 ln 2 ln 5
2 10 2 5 M1
1
2
(0.6907755279.. 4.010767..)
A1
= 2.351 (awrt 4 sf)
[3]
(11 marks)
(a)
3ln( x 2 1)
M1 Applies the Quotient rule, a form of which appears in the formula book, to
( x 2 1)
If the formula is quoted it must be correct. There must have been some attempt to differentiate both terms.
If the rule is not quoted nor implied by their working, meaning that terms are written out
u 3ln x 2 1 , v x 2 1, u ' .., v ' ... followed by their
vu ' uv '
, then only accept answers of the form
v2
x
( x 2 1) A Bx ln( x 2 1)
dy x 1
2 Ax Bx ln( x 2 1)
or . Condone invisible brackets for the M.
dx ( x 2 1) 2 ( x 2 1) 2
Alternatively applies the product rule with u 3ln(x 1), v x2 1
2 1
If the formula is quoted it must be correct. There must have been some attempt to differentiate both terms.
If the rule is not quoted nor implied by their working, meaning that terms are written out
u 3ln( x2 1), v x2 1 , u ' .., v ' ... followed by their vu ' uv ' , then only accept answers of the form
1
x
x 2 1 A x 2 1 Bx ln( x 2 1) .
1 2
x 1
2
(c)
3 1
B1 ln2 or 1.0397 or exact equivalent such as ln8
2 2
(d)
1 1
B1 for h = 1. This is implied by 1 or outside the (main) bracket
2 2
M1 For inside the brackets: 0 3 ln 10 2 3 ln 2 3 ln 5 You can follow through on their 3 ln2
10 2 5 2
The decimal equivalent is 0 0.691 2 1.040 0.966
a d b 2 cos 2 d
2
(b) Either :Way1 splits as
0 0
2
5 3
Integral = 2 sin 2 2 cos 2 sin 2 +
2
θ
A1 B1ft
3
5
2 5 3 ddM1 A1
Use limits to give 0 = 24
3 [6]
(9 marks)
2 2
1st 4
f ( )d = ( a b cos 2 )d =
2 2
Or: Way 2
marks 0 0
θ3
5
5
2
3
θ
θ
5
2
︵ 2 s in 2 ) c o s 2 s in 2 A1 B1ft
1st 4
Or: Way 3 Way 2 that goes back to Way One
marks
2
θ
5
2( 2 sin 2 ) 3
2 cos 2 sin 2 A1 B1ft
(a)
M1 Uses sin 2 1 cos 2 or cos 2 1 sin 2 to reach an expression in either sin 2 or cos 2
M1 Attempts to use the double angle formula cos 2 1 2 sin 2 or cos 2 2 cos 2 1 to
convert their expression in sin 2 or cos 2 to form an expression a b cos 2
A1 cao 5 4cos 2
......................................................................................................................................................................
Alternative
M1 One attempted application of double angle formula on either sin 2 or cos 2 . See above for rules
M1 A second attempted applications of double angle formula to form an expression a b cos 2
A1 cao 5 4cos 2
dM1 Dependent upon M1 having been scored, it is for an attempted use of integration by parts the correct
way around for a second time.
In Way One look for
.. 2 sin 2 .. cos 2 ..cos 2 d
In Way Two look for
2 (.. ..sin 2 ) .. (.. 2 ..cos 2 ) (.. 2 ..cos 2 )d
Way 3 : You may see a candidate multiplying out their second integral and reverting to a type one
integral.
3
a d a
2
B1ft It is scored for the term independent of the trigonometrical terms.
3
ddM1 Dependent upon both previous M's. For using both limits although you may not see the 0.
A decimal answer of 3.318 following correct working implies this mark
A1 cso. Note that a correct answer does not necessarily imply a correct solution
Question Marks
Scheme
Number
3x 2 4 A B C
9(a) 2
x (3x 2) x x 3x 2
2
2 6
, (B = 2 , C = 6) B1, B1,
x2 3x 2
3x2 4 Ax(3x 2) B(3x 2) Cx2 A.. M1
3
(A = 3 ) is one of the fractions A1
x
[4]
1 3x 4
2
(b) dy 2 dx B1
y x (3 x 2)
lny = A B C
2 dx M1
x x 3x 2
B C
= A ln x ln(3 x 2) (+k) M1A1ft
x 3
B C B C
A ln x ln( 3 x 2 ) D A ln x ln(3 x 2 )
ye x 3
or y D e x 3 M1
2 2
3 k 3
2 Kx e x
e xe x
A1cso
y K x 3 (3 x 2 ) 2 e x or or oe
(3 x 2) 2
(3 x 2) 2
[6]
(10 marks)
(a)
6
B1 For either 22 or being one of the ''partial'' fractions
x 3x 2
B1 For two of the partial fractions being 22 and 6
x 3x 2
M1 Need three terms in pfs and correct method either compares coefficients or substitutes a value to obtain A
Look for 3 x 2 4 A x (3 x 2) B (3 x 2) C x 2 A ..
3
A1
x
(b)
B1: Separates variables correctly. No need for integral signs
M1 Integrates left hand side to give lny and uses their partial fractions from part (a) (may only have two pf 's)
M1 Obtains two ln terms and one reciprocal term on rhs (need not have constant of integration for this
mark) (must have 3 pf 's here). Condone a missing bracket on the ln(3x-2)
A1ft Correct (unsimplified) answer for rhs for their A, B and C (do not need constant of integration at this stage)
M1 For undoing the logs correctly to get y = …. now need constant of integration.
B C B C B C
A ln x ln(3 x 2) d A ln x ln(3 x 2) A ln x ln(3 x 2)
Accept y e x 3
OR y D e x 3
BUT NOT y e D
x 3
A1 cso One of the forms of the answer given in the scheme o.e.
.............................................................................................................................................................................
Special case: For students who use two partial fractions
Very common incorrect solutions using two partial fractions are
3x 2 4 A B 2 3
2 2+ using substitution and comparing terms in x2
x (3x 2) x 3x 2 x 3 x - 2
2
3x 2 4 A B 2 -6
or 2 2+ using substitution
x (3x 2) x 3x 2 x 3 x - 2
2
Least value is 4 0 3 =3 . M1 A1
[4]
(12 marks)
(a)
B1 R 34 Condone 34
5 3
M1 For tan or tan This may be implied by awrt 1.0 rads or awrt 59 degrees
3 5
If R is used to find α only accept cos 3 or sin 5
their R their R
A1 accept awrt 1.03; also accept 3 4 s in 2 x 1 .0 3 .
If the question is done in degrees only the first accuracy mark is withheld. The answer in degrees (59.04) is A0
4
M1 For an attempt at a second solution in the range. This can be scored from their ''arcsin ''
their R
4
Look for 2 x their their arcsin x .. (correct order of operations)
their R
4
Or 2 x their 2 their arcsin x ..
their R
A1 Awrt 3.0 AND awrt 0.68 in radians or awrt 38.8 and awrt 172.1 in degrees. Condone 3 for 3.0
(c) (i)
M1 Attempts to find 4 R 3
2
A1 139 cao
(c)(ii)
M1 Uses 0 for minimum value. Accept 4 0 3
2
A1 3
Question Marks
Scheme
Number
Shape B1
1
ln 4, 0 1
3 Touches x axis at ln 4,0 B1
3
[4]
Shape B1
Asymptote y 2 B1
(b)
Passes though origin B1
y 2
[3]
B1
(c) f(x) > 4
[1]
(d) y = e 3 x 4 e 3 x y 4 M1
3 x ln( y 4) and x = dM1
1 1
f 1 ( x ) ln( x 4) or ln 1 , (x > 4) cao A1
3 ( x 4) 3
[3]
1
3 ln
(e) M1
fg(x) = e x2
4
= (x 2)3 4 , = x 3 6 x 2 12 x 4 dM1, A1
[3]
(14 marks)
(a)
B1 For a correct shape. The curve must lie completely in first and second quadrants with a cusp on – ve
x axis and approaching an asymptote as x becomes large and positive. The curvature must be correct
on both sections. The lh section does not need to extend above the asymptote. On the rh section do
not allow if the curve drops below the y intercept.
See practice items for clarification
B1 The asymptote of the curve is given as y = 4. Do not award if a second asymptote is given or the
curve does not appear to have an asymptote at y = 4
B1 y intercept is (0, 3). Allow if given in the body of their answer say as A= .
3 sufficient if given on the y-axis. Condone (3,0) being marked on the correct axis.
Do not award if there are two intercepts
B1 x intercept is (–1/3 ln 4, 0). Allow if given in the body of their answer say as B= .
–1/3 ln 4 is sufficient if given on the x axis. Do not award if there are two intercepts
(b)
B1 shape – similar to original graph ( do not try to judge the stretch)
B1 Equation of the asymptote given as y = 2 Do not award if a second asymptote is given or the curve
does not appear to have an asymptote here.
B1 Curve passes through O only.
(c)
B1 cao f(x) > 4 . Accept alternatives such as 4,
Note that f(x) ≥ 4 is B0. Accept range or y for f(x)
(d)
M1 For an attempt to make x (or a switched y) the subject of the formula. For this to be scored they must
make e 3 x or e3x as subject. Allow numerical slips.
dM1 This is dependent upon the first M being scored. It is for undoing the exp correctly by using ln’s.
Condone imaginary brackets for this mark. Accept x being given as a function of y and involving ln's.
If the rhs is written ln(4x) this implies taking the ln of each term which is dM0
A1 This is cao. Accept any correct equivalent. The domain is not required for this mark but the bracket is.
Accept y =..
(e)
3ln 1
(d) Way 1: A B 45 M1 A1
h 45 sin 66.4 M1
A1
h = 6.15
[4]
5
Way 2: XB : 2 6 M1A1
3 3
0
1
Find XB. 6 0 followed by calculation of XB by Pythag M1
3 15
A1
h = 6.15
[4]
(14 marks)
(a)
M1 For writing down any two equations that give the coordinates of the point of intersection.
Accept two of 12 5 2 , 4 4 2 6 , 5 2 3 condoning slips.
M1 A full method to find either or .
A1 Both values correct 13 and 2
B1 The correct values must be substituted into both sides of the third equation. There must be some
minimal statement (a tick will suffice) that the values are the same. This can also be scored via the
substitution of 13 2 into both of the equations of the lines but there must be the same
minimal statement.
M1 Substitutes their value of into l1 to find the coordinates or position vector of the point of
intersection. It is dependent upon having scored second method mark. Alternatively substitutes their
value of into l2 to find the coordinates or position vector of the point of intersection.
A1 Correct answer only. Accept as a vector or a coordinate. Accept (2, 4, 1) (A correct answer here
implies previous M mark). Note that the correct answer can be achieved by solving just the first
equation.
(b)
M1 A clear attempt to use the correct formula for a.b a b cos (where a and b are the gradient vectors)
Expect to see 50 46 23 5 (4) 2 6 3 cos allowing for slips.
2 2 2 2 2
A1 For cos 0.4 . This may be implied by 66.4 or 113.6.Also accept cos 0 24 6 oe
45 45
A1 cao for awrt 66.4
(c)
B1 States or uses λ= 1 and checks all 3 coordinates
(d) Way 1:
M1 Finds distance AB using a correct method
7 '' 2 '' 0 '' 4 '' 3 ''1'' 52 (4)2 22
2 2 2
Using Pythagoras look for or 'one' gradient
A1 Correct answer AB 45 or AB 3 5 or (AB) = awrt 6.71
M1 Reaches h 45sin66.4 with their values for AB and sin to find h
3
A1 awrt 6.15 ( allow also if it follows 113.6). The exact answer of 105 is fine
5
Way 2: Setting up a point X on l2
M1 Finds distance XB2 or vector X B using a correct method. For this to be scored X 2,2 6,3
B (7, 0, 3) and there must be an attempt at differences
2
Correct answer h XB 45 6 38 or XB 5, 2 6 ,3 3
2 2
A1
M1 Find minimum value of h by completion of square or differentiation giving h =
0
1
Alternatively by the vector method uses XB. 6 0 .. followed by substitution of this
3 15
5
into l2 to find length of BX 1.6 using pythagoras’ theorem.
3.2
A1 awrt 6.15
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
dy
dy d t 2 cos t
13 (a) M1
dx dx 12 sin 2 t
dt
2 cos t
dM1
24 sin t cos t
2 cost M1 A1
= 12 cosec t
1
24sin t cos t [4]
dy 1 3
(b) When t = , M1 A1
3 dx 12 3 18
2
So Normal has gradient 1 6 3 M1
m
When t = , x 3 and y 3 B1
3
Equation of normal is so M1 A1
y 3 6 3 (x 3) y 6 3x 19 3
[6]
(c) x 6(1 2sin t ) x f ( y)
2
M1
dM1 A1
So x 6 3y2 or f ( y) 6 3 y2 [3]
B1
(d) -2 < y < 2 or k = 2
[1]
(14 marks)
Alt (a) Via cartesian must start with x A B y2 or y CDx
1
dx dy x 2
ky or b 2 then as before M1
dy dx 3
followed by correct (double angle) substitution dM1
Alt (b) Must start with x ABy or2
y CD x
1
dx dy 1 x 2
6 y or 2
dy dx 6 3
dx
For substituting their y 3 into a of the form Py
dy 1st M1
Or alternatively substituting their x 3 into a dy of the form P Q Rx
1
2
dx
dx
For using the 'correct numerical' grad of the normal either or 1
dy dy 2nd M1
dx
(a)
dy
M1 Differentiates both x and y wrt t and establishes dt A cos t
dx B sin 2t
dt
They may use any double angle formula for cos first. Condone sign slips in this formula
dy
Eg cos 2 t 2 cos 2 t 1 to get dt A cos t
dx B sin t cos t
dt
dM1 Correct double angle formula used sin 2t 2sin t cos t
In the alternative method the correct double angle formula must have been used
M1 Cancels cost and replaces 1/sint by cosect correctly achieving a form dy cosect
dx
A1 cao d y 1 cosect
dx 12
(b)
M1 Substitute t into their dy cosect
3 dx
dy 1
A1 or exact equivalent. It may be implied by normal gradient of 6 3
dx 12 3
2
dy
Accept decimals here. 0.096 or implied by normal gradient of 10.4
dx
M1 Use of negative reciprocal in finding the gradient of the normal.
B1 for x = -3, y 3
M1 Correct method for line equation using their normal gradient and their (-3, 3) allowing a sign slip on
one of their coordinates.
dx dy
Look for y y1 x x1 or x x1 dx y y1
dy t t
3 3
If the candidate uses y mx c they must proceed as far as c =.. for this mark
A1 cao y 6 3x 19 3
(c)
M1 Attempts to use the double angle formula cos 2 t 1 2 sin 2 t leading to an equation linking x and y
If cos 2 t cos 2 t sin 2 t is initially used there must be an attempt to replace the cos 2 t by 1 sin 2 t
dM1 Uses correct cos 2t 1 2 sin 2 t and attempts to replace sint by y and cos2t by x
2 6
2
Condone poor bracketing in cases such as cos 2t 1 2 sin 2 t x 1 2 y
6 2
A1 Correct equation. Accept x 6 3y 2
or f ( y) 6 3 y 2
(d)
B1 States k 2 or writes the range of y as -2 < y < 2
Pearson Education Limited. Registered company number 872828
with its registered office at 80 Strand, London, WC2R 0RL, United Kingdom
PhysicsAndMathsTutor.com
Summer 2016
1. Factorisation
2. Formula
Attempt to use the correct formula (with values for a, b and c).
2
b
Solving x bx c 0 :
2
x q c 0, q 0 , leading to x = …
2
1. Differentiation
2. Integration
Use of a formula
Where a method involves using a formula that has been learnt, the advice given in
recent examiners’ reports is that the formula should be quoted first.
Method mark for quoting a correct formula and attempting to use it, even if there
are small errors in the substitution of values.
Where the formula is not quoted, the method mark can be gained by implication
from correct working with values, but may be lost if there is any mistake in the
working.
Exact answers
Examiners’ reports have emphasised that where, for example, an exact answer is
asked for, or working with surds is clearly required, marks will normally be lost if the
candidate resorts to using rounded decimals.
PhysicsAndMathsTutor.com
Question
Scheme Notes Marks
Number
1.(a) Cao (Must be exact but score when
R 34 first seen and ignore decimal value B1
(5.83…))
5 3
tan , tan ...
3 5
5 3 5 3 M1
(Allow cos or , sin or ... )
34 34 34 34
Where 34 is their R
5 9 .0 4 awrt 59.04 A1
(3)
(b) 2
34 cos( 59.04) 2 cos( 59.04) 0.343
34
Attempts to use part (a) " 34 " cos( "59.04 ") 2 and proceeds to
cos( "59.04") K , K „ 1 M1
May be implied by "59.04" = 69.94…o or "59.04 " cos 1 2
their 34
The "59.04" must be seen here or implied later
1 59.04 69.94 1 awrt 129.0 A1
2 59.04 360 ' 69.94 ' 2 ...
Correct attempt at a second solution in the range.
dM1
It is dependent upon having scored the previous M.
Usually for their 59.04 360 their '69.94' ...
2 349.1 awrt 349.1 A1
For solutions in (b) that are otherwise fully correct, if there are extra answers in range,
deduct the final A mark.
(4)
their 59.04 cos 1 ...
(c) 2
their 34
Allow their 59.04 cos 1 ... if they have + .. in (b)
2
M1
their 34
Evidence that use is being made of parts (a) and (b) to obtain a value for . This can
be implied by the use of their answers to part (b).
10.9 o awrt 10.9 A1
(2)
(9 marks)
PhysicsAndMathsTutor.com
Question
Scheme Notes Marks
Number
Applies product rule to 4 x sin x to
d 4 x sin x give
2 4 x cos x 4 sin x M1
dx d 4 x sin x
4 x cos x 4 sin x
dx
Applies chain rule to y2 to give
d y 2
2 y dy
d y 2 dy M1
dy dx Ay
dy dx
dy
4 x sin x y 2 2 x 4 x cos x 4 sin x 2 y 2
dx
Fully correct differentiation. oe A1
Accept 4 x cos x d x 4 sin x d x 2 y d y 2 d x
dy
For the differentiation ignore any spurious " "
dx
Alternative for first 3 marks using explicit differentiation:
y
1 1
4 x sin x 2 x 2
dy 1 1
4 x sin x 2 x 2 4 x cos x 4 sin x 2
dx 2
d 4 x sin x M1 M1
M1: 4 x cos x 4 sin x (as before)
dx
M1: 4 x sin x 2 x 2 k 4 x sin x 2 x 2
1 1
Allow omission of and sign errors when rearranging for the M marks
dy 1
4 x sin x 2 x 2 4 x cos x 4 sin x 2 oe
1
A1
dx 2
Uses x and y 1 to obtain a
2
dy
value for (may be implied). For
x , y 1 dx
2
implicit differentiation, there must M1
...
dy dy 1
4 2 2 be a dy/dx and there must be x’s and
dx dx
y’s. Explicit differentiation just
requires use of x .
2
2
y 1 " " x or y " " x c c 1
2 2
Uses normal gradient 1 d y and x , y 1 to find equation of normal. M1
dx 2
Must use 1 their d y and x and y 1 must be correctly placed.
dx 2
If using y = mx + c must reach as far as c = …
Allow 3sf or more decimal
equivalent answers e.g.
y 1 x oe A1cso
2 y 3.14 x 5.93 ,
y 1 3.14 x 1.57 etc.
(6 marks)
PhysicsAndMathsTutor.com
Question
Scheme Notes Marks
Number
3(a) ( 3)( 4) ( 3)( 4)( 5)
1 ax 3 1 ( 3)( ax ) ( ax ) 2 ( ax ) 3 ...
2! 3!
Uses the binomial expansion with n 3 and ' x ' ax .
M1
Minimum for M1 is 1 ( 3)( ax ) but can be scored for a correct 3rd or 4th
( 3)( 4 ) ( 3)( 4)( 5)
term e.g. ( ax ) 2 or ( ax )3
2! 3!
1 3 ax 6 a 2 x 2 10 a 3 x 3 ... A1: Three of the four terms correct
and simplified
or A1A1
A1: All four terms correct and
1 3 ax 6 ax 10 ax ...
2 3
simplified and seen in part (a).
(3)
(b) 2 3x
f ( x) (2 3 x )(1 3 ax 6 a 2 x 2 10 a 3 x 3 )
(1 ax ) 3
x4 x3 12 x2
5 x2 8 x 48
M1A1
5 x2 5 x 60
3 x 12
M1: Divides x 4 x 3 7 x 2 8 x 48 by x2 x 12 to get a quadratic quotient
and a remainder of the form x where α and β are not both zero
A1: Correct quotient and remainder
x4 x3 7 x2 8 x 48 2 3( x 4) or 3 x 12
x 5
x2 x 12 ( x 4)( x 3)
Writes their answer as M1
x x 7 x 8 x 48
4 3 2
Their Remainder
Their Quotient
x x 12
2 ( x 4)( x 3)
3
x2 5 or states A = 5, B = 3 A1
( x 3)
(4)
PhysicsAndMathsTutor.com
Alternatives to part (a) by dividing by linear factors
M1: Divides by ( x 3 ) first then divides by ( x 4 ) :
x 4 x3 7 x 2 8 x 48 x 3 : Q1 x3 4 x 2 5 x 23, R1 21
x3 4 x 2 5 x 23 x 4 : Q2 x 2 5, R2 3 M1A1
For the M1, first division requires Q1 to be a cubic and R1 a constant and the
second division to give a quadratic Q2 and constant R2
A1: Correct quotients and remainders
x x 7 x 2 8 x 48
4 3
3 21
x2 5
x 4 x 3 x 4 x 3 x 4
M1
R R1
Writes their answer as Q2 2
x 4 x 3 x 4
3
x2 5 or states A = 5, B = 3 A1
( x 3)
M1: Divides by ( x 4 ) first then divides by ( x 3) :
x 4
x 3 7 x 2 8 x 48 x 4 : Q1 x3 3 x 2 5 x 12, R1 0
x3 3 x2 5 x 12 x 3 : Q2 x2 5, R2 3 M1A1
For the M1, first division requires Q1 to be a cubic and R1 a constant and the
second division to give a quadratic Q2 and constant R2
A1: Correct quotients and remainders
x x 3 7 x 2 8 x 48
4
3
x2 5 0
x 4 x 3 x3
M1
R R1
Writes their answer as Q2 2
x 3 x 3 x 4
3
x2 5 or states A = 5, B = 3 A1
( x 3)
PhysicsAndMathsTutor.com
Alternative by comparing coefficients
x4 x3 7 x2 8 x 48 ( x2 A)( x 2 x 12) B ( x 4)
Multiplies through by ( x x 12) to obtain correct lhs and one of
2
A 5, B 3
M1: Solves to obtain one of A or B
M1A1
A1: Both values correct
Alternative by substitution
x4 x3 7 x2 8 x 48 B
x2 A
x x 12
2 x 3
B 45 B
x 0 4 A ,x 1 1 A M1A1
3 10 2
M1: Substitutes 2 values for x A1: 2 correct equations
Multiplying through before substitution must satisfy the condition for
multiplying through in the previous alternative.
A 5, B 3
M1: Solves to obtain one of A or B
M1A1
A1: Both values correct
PhysicsAndMathsTutor.com
B B
M1: x A 2x
2
x 3 ( x 3)2
3
(b) g'( x) 2 x A1: x A
2 B
2x
B M1A1ft
( x 3)2 x 3 ( x 3)2
Follow through their B or the letter
B or a made up B.
Special Case:
3 x 12
If they write g(x) as x 2 5 and correctly attempt to differentiate
( x 3)
3 x 12
as 2x + the quotient rule on then the M mark is available but not
( x 3)
the A1ft. It must be the correct quotient rule and the numerator must be a
linear expression.
g'(4) 2 4
3
5 Substitutes x 4 into their
M1
(4 3) 2 derivative
Uses m g '(4) 5 with ( 4 , g( 4 )) ( 4 , 24 ) to form eqn of tangent
Correct method of finding an
equation of the tangent. The
y 24 5 x 4 gradient must be g '( 4) and the M1
point must be an attempt on
4, g ( 4 )
Cso. This mark may be withheld for
y 5x 4 an incorrect “A” earlier or any
A1
incorrect work leading to a correct
gradient.
(5)
(9 marks)
Alternative to part (b) for first 3 marks
g '( x )
x 2
x 12 4 x3 3 x2 14 x 8 x4 x3 7 x2 8 x 48 2 x 1
x2 x 12
2
M1: Correct use of the quotient rule – there must be evidence of the M1A1
vu uv
application of or this formula quoted and attempted.
v2
A1: Correct derivative
g '( 4 )
8 256 192 9
5 Substitutes x 4 into their
2 M1
8 derivative
PhysicsAndMathsTutor.com
Question
Scheme Notes Marks
Number
Note that 2 x can be replaced by e x ln 2 throughout and allow omission of
“dx” throughout
5 M1: Integrates by parts the right
way around to obtain an expression
of the form ax2 b2 dx .
x x
2x 2x
x 2x dx x
ln 2 ln 2
dx Allow a = 1 and/or b = 1. M1A1
2x 2x
A1: x
ln 2 ln 2
dx
ln u 1 of the form au ln u b du .
ln 2 2 du u ln u
2
ln 2 du
M1A1
Allow a = 1 and/or b = 1.
1
A1: 2
ln 2
u ln u du
dM1: Completes to obtain an
ln u 1 expression of the form ... ku
ln 2 2
du
ln 2 2
u ln u u
A1:
1
u ln u u
dM1A1
ln 2 2
4
1 1
u ln u u 4 ln 4 4 ln1 1
ln 2 1 ln 2
2 2 M1
Uses the limits 1 and 4 and subtracts the right way round.
Correct simplified fraction.
Allow equivalent simplified forms
4 ln 4 3 ln 256 3 ln 28 3
e.g. , , A1
ln 2 2 ln 2 2 ln 2 2
Allow denominator as (ln2)(ln2)
and ln22 but not as ln22
PhysicsAndMathsTutor.com
Question
Scheme Notes Marks
Number
6(a)(i)
V shape with vertex on x-axis but
B1
not at the origin.
(0, a) Correct V shape with (0, a) or just
a and (a, 0) or just a marked in the
correct places. Left branch must
B1
cross or touch the y-axis. Allow
coordinates the wrong way round if
(a, 0) marked in the correct place.
(2)
(a)(ii) Their part (i) translated down (by
any amount) but clearly not left or
B1ft
right, or the correct shape i.e. a V
with the vertex in 4th quadrant.
A y-intercept of a – b on the
(0, a b) positive y-axis or intercepts of
B1
a – b and a + b on the positive x-
axis with a + b to the right of a – b
a b a+b
A fully correct diagram. B1
(3)
(b) 1 1
xab x x ... Solves x a b x or solves
2 2
or 1 M1
x a b x as far as x =…
1 2
x a b x x ...
2 Allow < or > for =.
1 1
x a b x x ... Solves x a b x and solves
2 2
and 1 M1
x a b x as far as x =…
1 2
x a b x x ...
2 Allow < or > for =.
ddM1: Chooses inside region.
A1: Allow alternatives e.g.
2
x 2( a b ) and x (a b) ,
3
2 2
( a b ) x 2( a b ) x 2( a b ) x (a b) , ddM1A1
3 3
2 ( a b ), 2 ( a b ) but not
3
2
x 2( a b ) , x (a b)
3
(4)
(9 marks)
PhysicsAndMathsTutor.com
Attempts at squaring in (b)
2
x a 2 x b
1
2
2
x a 2 x b 3 x 2 4 x 2 a b 4 a 2 b 2 0
1
2 M1
Squares both sides and obtains 3TQ = 0
4 2 a b 4 a 2b
x
6 Attempt to solve 3TQ applying
M1
2 a b , 2 a b usual rules
3
ddM1: Chooses inside region.
Dependent on both previous M
marks.
A1: Allow alternatives e.g.
2
x 2( a b ) and x (a b) ,
2 3
( a b ) x 2( a b ) ddM1A1
3 2 ( a b ), 2 ( a b ) but not
3
2
x 2( a b ) , x (a b)
3
Expressions must have just one
term in a and one term in b.
PhysicsAndMathsTutor.com
Question
Scheme Notes Marks
Number
7 (a) May be implied by their
Strip width = 1 B1
trapezium rule.
M1: Correct structure for the y
values.
Look for (y at x = 2) + (y at x =
Area 1 1 1 2 1 1 5) + 2(sum of other y values).
2 9 15 11 13 A1: Correct numerical
M1 A1
1 expression. If decimals are
0.33... 0.25... 2 0.30... 0.27...
2 used, look for awrt 1dp
initially, however a correct
final answer would imply this
mark.
Awrt 0.875 A1
(4)
May use separate trapezia:
Area
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
2 9 11 2 11 13 2 11 15
B1: Strip width = 1
M1: Correct structure for the y values as above
A1: Correct expression as described above
A1: Awrt 0.875
(b) 1
1
1 1
M1: 2x 5
dx k 2 x 5 2
2x 5
dx 2 x 5 2
1 1
M1A1
A1: 2x 5
dx 2 x 5 2
1
A1: dx u 2
2x 5
Substitutes 15 and 9 and
subtracts the right way round.
May be implied by the correct
5 exact answer but not by a
1
dx 15 2 9 2
1 1
decimal answer only e.g. dM1
2x 5 0.8729… and not by work in
2
decimals e.g. 3.872… 3 unless
the substitution of 15 and 9 is
explicitly seen.
15 9 15 3 15 9 or 15 3 A1
Alternative to (b) by substitution u 2 x 5
1
2
1
1
M1: 2x 5
dx ku
u 2 x 5 2 u .u du u du
1
M1A1
1
A1: 2x 5
dx u
(7)
(11 marks)
PhysicsAndMathsTutor.com
Question
Number
Scheme Marks
M1: Sets t = 0, may be implied by e 0 1 or
9000 may be implied by 9000 or by a correct
9.(a) t 0 P 900 37 M1A1
3 7
answer of 900.
A1: 900
(2)
9000
(b) t P 3000 Sight of 3000 B1
3
(1)
4k
9000e
(c) t 4, P 2500 2500 Correct equation with t 4 and P 2500 B1
3e 4 k 7
M1: Rearranges the equation to make e4k
the subject. They need to multiply by the
17500 3 e 4 k 7 term, and collect terms in e4k or
e4 k (awrt 11.7 or11.6)
1500 e4k reaching e 4 k C where C is a constant.
or A1: Achieves intermediate answer of M1A1
17500
e 4 k
1500
(awrt 0.857) e4 k (awrt 11.7 or 11.6) or
17500 1500
1500
e 4 k (awrt 0.857)
17500
dM1: Proceeds from e 4 k C , C 0 by
correctly taking ln’s and then making k the
1 35 subject of the formula. Award for e.g.
k ln or awrt 0.614 ln( C ) dM1A1
4 3 e 4 k C 4 k ln( C ) k
4
A1: cao: Awrt 0.614 or the correct exact
answer (or equivalent)
(5)
Alternative correct work in (c):
9000e 4 k Correct equation with
t 4, P 2500 2500 B1
3e 4 k 7 t 4 and P 2500
7500e 4 k 17500 9000e 4 k
1500e 4 k 17500
M1: Takes ln’s correctly
ln 1500 ln e 4 k ln 17500 M1A1
A1: Correct equation
ln e 4 k ln 17500 ln 1500
4 k ln 17500 ln 1500
ln 17500 ln 1500
k Makes k the subject M1A1
4
1 35 cao: Awrt 0.614 or the correct exact
k ln or awrt 0.614
4 3 answer (or equivalent)
PhysicsAndMathsTutor.com
(d) d P (3e kt 7) 9000 ke kt 9000 e kt 3ke kt 63000 ke kt
2
dt (3e kt 7) 2 (3e 7)
kt
dt
Differentiates using the product rule to achieve
M1
dP 1 2
P e kt 3e kt 7 9000e kt 3e kt 7 Q e kt
dt
or
dP 2
63000 ke kt 3 7e kt
dt
1
Differentiates using the chain rule on P 9000 3 7e kt to achieve
dP 2
D e kt 3 7e kt
dt
Watch for e k t k t e k t which is M0
Substitutes t = 10 and their k to obtain
a value for d P . If the value for d P is dM1
Sub t =10 and k 0.614 d P ... dt dt (A1 on
dt
incorrect then the substitution of Epen)
t = 10 must be seen explicitly.
dP
9 Awrt 9 (NB d P 9.1694... ) A1
dt dt
(3)
(11 marks)
PhysicsAndMathsTutor.com
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
10(a)
M1: Curve not a straight line
through (0, 0) in quadrants 1 and
3 only.
M1A1
A1: Grad 0 as x
(2)
(b) Substitutes g ( x 1) arctan( x 1)
3arctan( x 1) 0 in 3g ( x 1) 0 and makes
arctan( x 1) the subject. Do not M1
arctan( x 1)
3 condone missing brackets unless
later work implies their presence.
dM1: Takes tan and makes x the subject e.g.
allow x 3 1 . Note that tan does not
3
x tan 1 3 1 need to be evaluated for this mark. May be dM1A1
3
implied by e.g. x = 0.732…
A1: 3 1
(3)
(c) Sub x 5 and x 6 into arctan x 4 1 x 0.126.., 0.405...
2 M1
and obtains at least one answer correct to 1sf
Both values correct (to one sig fig), change of sign + conclusion
Allow equivalent statements e.g. positive, negative therefore root etc. but
A1
this mark may be withheld if there are any contradictory statements e.g.
therefore root lies between g(5) and g(6)
If arctan x 4 1 x is used to give 0.126.., 0.405... , allow both marks
2
if a conclusion is given.
(2)
(d) Score for x1 8 2arctan 5 .. .
x1 8 2arctan 5 This may be implied by awrt 5.3 M1
(radians) or awrt -149 (degrees) for
x1
x1 awrt 5.253, x2 awrt 5.235
x1 5.253, x2 5.235 Ignore any subsequent iterations A1
and ignore labelling if answers are
clearly the second and third terms.
(2)
(9 marks)
PhysicsAndMathsTutor.com
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
11 (a) 7 1 6 5 7 1 6 5
4 1 7 4 4 1 7 4 any two of
9 4 3 b 9 4 3 b M1
Writes down any two equations for the coordinates of the point of intersection.
There must be an attempt to set the coordinates equal but condone slips.
Full method to find both and from equations 1 and 2 and uses these values
dM1
and equation 3 to find a value for b
1 2 3 1 2
Sub 2 into (1) 7 1 6 10 3
Put values in 3rd equation 9 12 3 2b b 3*
Completely correct work including 3, 2 and substitution into both A1
sides of the third equation to give b 3
7 1 6 5
Position vector of intersection is 4 3 1 or 7 2 4
9 4 3 3
Substitutes their value of into l1 to find the coordinates or position vector of dM1
the point of intersection. Alternatively substitutes their value of into l2 to find
the coordinates or position vector of the point of intersection.
May be implied by at least 2 correct coordinates for X
Correct coordinates or vector.
Correct coordinates implies M1A1
X 4, 1, 3 Marks for finding the coordinates of A1
X can score anywhere in the
question.
(5)
(b) Way 1
Attempts the difference between the
2
10 coordinates X and A, X and B. This
XA 2 , XB 8 could be implied by the calculation M1
8 6 of the lengths AX and BX. Allow
slips but must be subtracting.
XA. XB XA XB cos 20 16 48 72 200 cos
M1: Attempt the scalar product of X A and X
Bor AX and BX or X A and B X
or A X and X B
(b)
2 10 dM1A1
2 8
8 6
Allow cos for M1 but not A1 unless the numerator is evaluated
72 200
A1: A correct un-simplified expression 20 16 48 72 200 cos oe
This is a given answer. There must
12
arccos
1
cos be an intermediate line with cos =..
* A1*
72 200 10
or = …
(4)
PhysicsAndMathsTutor.com
(b) Way 2
1 5 Uses b = -3 and the direction vectors
d1 1 , d 2 4
or multiples of the direction M1
4 3 vectors
d1 .d 2 d1 d 2 cos 5 4 12 18 50 cos
M1: Attempt the scalar product of the direction vectors
1 5
1 4
(b) dM1A1
4 3
Allow cos for M1 but not A1 unless the numerator is evaluated
18 50
(b) Way 3
Attempts the difference between the
2 10 coordinates X and A, X and B. This
XA 2 , XB 8 could be implied by the calculation of M1
8 6 the lengths AX and BX. Allow slips but
must be subtracting.
(b) AB 2
XA 2 XB 2
2 XA XB cos 8 2 6 2 14 2 72 200 2 72 200 cos
M1: Uses A B with a correct attempt at the cosine rule dM1A1
A1: A correct un-simplified expression 8 2 6 2 14 2 72 200 2 72 200 cos oe
This is a given answer. There must be
24
arccos
1
cos
2 72 200
* an intermediate line with cos =.. or A1*
10
=…
99 3 11
1 99 oe e.g. , . May be
(c) cos sin 100 10 B1
10 10
implied by a correct exact area.
Area of triangle = 1
2
XA XB sin A 12 6 2 10 2 31011
Uses Area of triangle = 1
2
XA XB sin
This mark can be scored for e.g. 1
2
their XA their XB sin cos 1 101 or M1
1
2
their XA their XB sin 95.7391...
Must be using the angle given by cos 1 101
A 18 11 oe Accept for example A 9 44 , 3564 A1
Note that A 2 6 2 10 2 sin 95.7391... 18 11 scores all 3 marks
1
(3)
(12 marks)
PhysicsAndMathsTutor.com
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
12.(a) dx
V y dx y
d t 2 sin 2 t 3 cos t d t
2 2 2
dt
dx dx
M1: Attempts y 2 d x y 2
dt
d t where
dt
k cos t
M1A1
May be implied by e.g. 2 sin 2 t 2 3 cos t
A1: 2 sin 2 t 2 3 cos t d t (dt can be missing as long as the M is scored)
4 sin t cos t 3 cos t dt
2
Uses sin2t = 2sintcost M1
3 Correct value for a (must be exact) or a
x t or k = 48 B1
2 6 correct value for k
Achieves printed answer including “dt”
(even if lost earlier) with correct limits
6 and 48π in place with no errors. Or
V y 2 dx 48 sin 2 t cos3 t dt * achieves the printed answer with the
A1*
0 letters a and k and states the correct
values of a and k.
(5)
PhysicsAndMathsTutor.com
(b) du
du States cos t or equivalent. May be
u sin t cos t dt B1
dt
implied.
V k sin 2 t cos 3 t d t k u 2 cos 2 t d u k u 2 (1 sin 2 t ) d u k u 2 (1 u 2 ) d u
M1: Substitutes fully including for dt using u = sin t and cos 2 t 1 sin 2 t to
produce an integral just in terms of u. M1A1ft
A1ft: Fully correct integral in terms of u - follow through on incorrect k's and
ignore inclusion or omission of π so look for e.g. k u 2 (1 u 2 ) d u or equivalent
u3 u5
Multiplies out to form a polynomial
k in u and integrates with u n u n 1 M1
3 5
for at least one of their powers of u.
dM1: All methods must have been
scored. It is for using the limits 0 and
1
and subtracting or for using the
2
1
u 3 u 5 2 17 limits 0 and if they return to sin t.
Volume = 48 6 dM1A1
3 5 0 10 However, in both cases the
substitution of 0 does not need not be
seen.
17 51
A1: V oe such as V
10 30
(6)
du
If cos t is used, maximum B0M1A0M1M1A0 is possible
dt
(11 marks)
PhysicsAndMathsTutor.com
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
1 1 dV
V h 2 (30 h ) 10 h 2 h 3 20 h h 2
3 3 dh
13(a) or M1A1
1 dV 2 1
V h 2 (30 h ) h (30 h ) h 2
3 dh 3 3
dV
M1: Attempts either by multiplying out and differentiating each term
dh
to give a derivative of the form h h 2 or by the product rule to give a
derivative of the form h 30 h h 2 .
dV
A1: Any correct (possibly un-simplified) form for
dh
V 20 h h 2
dV dV dh 1 dh
Uses M1
dt dh dt 10 dt
dV dV dh
Uses a correct form of the chain rule, e.g. or uses
dt dh dt
dh dV dV dV 1
with their and V.
dV dt dh dt 10
dh dh
...
1 1
h 2 (30 h ) h 20 h
d t
M1
10 3 dt
1 d h
Substitutes V h 2 (30 h ) and rearranges to obtain in terms of h
3 dt
This is a given answer. There must
have been intermediate lines and
dh h (30 h ) correct factorisation and no errors
* A1*
dt 30 20 h dh
and " " must be seen at some
dt
point.
(5)
30 ( 20 h ) A B
(b) Correct form for the partial fractions B1
h ( 30 h ) h 30 h
30(20 h ) A (30 h ) Bh
h 30 30 B 300 B 10 and h 0 30 A 600 A 20
M1
Attempts to get both constants by a correct method e.g. substituting,
comparing coefficients, cover up rule
30 ( 20 h ) 20 10 Correct partial fractions (or states
A1
h (30 h ) h 30 h “A” = 20, “B” = 10)
(3)
PhysicsAndMathsTutor.com
(c) Way 1
dh h (30 h ) 30 ( 20 h )
dt
30 ( 20 h )
h (30 h )
dh 1 dt
January 2017
dy dy
1 Differentiate wrt x 3x 2 6 xy 3x 2 3y2 0 M1 A1 B1
dx dx
dy 7
Substitutes (1, 3) AND rearranges to get M1
dx 10
7 M1A1
( y 3) ( x 1) so 7x +10y – 37 = 0
10 (6)
(6 marks)
B1
dy dy
M1 : Differentiates implicitly to include either 3x 2 or 3 y 2 term
dx dx
dy dy
Accept 3 x 2 appearing as 3x 2 y or 3 y 2 as 3y 2 y
dx dx
dy
A1: Differentiates y 3 3 y 2 and x3 3x 2 and 37 0
dx
dy
B1: Uses the product rule to differentiate 3x y giving 6 xy 3x 2
2
dx
Do not penalise students who write 3x2dx + 6 xydx +3x2dy +3 y 2dy = 0
M1 M1: Substitutes x 1, y 3 into their expression (correctly each at least once) to find a ‘numerical’ value for
dy dy 3x 6 xy 2
(may be incorrect). Note that
dx dx 3x 2 3 y 2
dy
M1 M1: Use of ( y 3) m( x 1) where m is their numerical value of
dx
Alternatively uses y mx c with 1,3 and their m as far as c =..
A1 A1: Accept integer multiples of the answer i.e. 7kx +10ky – 37k = 0 for example 21x 30 y 111 0
7
Note: If the gradient just appears (from a graphical calculator) only M3 may be awarded
10
Qu Scheme Marks
2(a) f( x) x3 5x 16 = 0 so x3 5x 16 M1
x 3 5x 16 A1
(2)
(b) x2 3 5 3 16 M1
x2 3.141 awrt A1
x3 3.165 awrt and x4 3.169 awrt A1
(3)
(c) f (3.175) 0.130984375.. , f (3.165) 0.120482875
Sign change (and as f ( x) is continuous) therefore a root lies in the interval
M1A1
3.175, 3.165 3.17 (2 dp)
(2)
(7 marks)
(a) Way 1:
M1: Must state f(x) = 0 (or imply by writing x3 5x 16 0 ) and reach x3 5x 16
A1: completely correct with all lines including f(x) = 0 stated or implied (see above), x3 5x 16
and x 3 5x 16 oe with or without a = 5, b = 16. Isw after a correct answer
If a candidate writes x3 5x 16 x 5x 16 3 then they can score 1 0 for a correct but incomplete solution.
1
Way 2:
M1: starts with answer, cubes and reaches a =.., b = .
A1: Completely correct reaching equation and stating hence f(x) = 0
(b)
Ignore subscripts in this part, just mark as the first, second and third values given.
M1: An attempt to substitute x1 3 into their iterative formula. E.g. Sight of 3 31 , or can be implied by
x2 awrt 3.14
A1: x2 awrt 3.141
A1: x3 awrt 3.165 and x4 awrt 3.169
(c)
M1: Choose suitable interval for x, e.g. 3.175, 3.165 and at least one attempt to evaluate f(x). Evidence would
be the values embedded within an expression or one value correct. A minority of candidates may choose a
tighter range which should include -3.1698 (alpha to 4dp). This would be acceptable for both marks, provided
the conditions for the A mark are met. Some candidates may use an adapted f ( x) 0 , for example
g( x) x 3 5 x 16 This is also acceptable even if it is called f, but you must see it defined. For your
information g(3.175) 0.004,g(3.165) ()0.004 If the candidate states an f (without defining it) it must
be assumed to be f( x) x 5x 16
3
A1: needs (i) both evaluations correct to 1 sf, (either rounded or truncated)
(ii) sign change stated (>0, <0 acceptable as would a negative product) and
(iii) some form of conclusion which may be 3.17 or “so result shown” or qed or tick or
equivalent
Scheme Marks
Qu
(b)
(1 x)1 1 x x2 x3 ...
B1
(3 2 x) 1 1 1 x x x ... B1 M1
3 3 2 3 6 3
1 1
B1: For taking out a factor of 3 1 Evidence would be seeing either 3 or before the bracket or could be
3
1
implied by the candidate multiplying their B by .
3
M1: For the form of the binomial expansion with n 1 and a term of 2 x .
3
To score M1 it is sufficient to see just any two terms of the expansion. eg. 1 ....
1 2 2
2
x
2 3
M1: Attempts to combine the two series expansions. Condone slips on signs but there must have been some
attempt to combine terms (at least once) and to use both their coefficients
A1: Two terms correct which may be unsimplified.
A1: All four terms correct. (cao) Could be mixed number fraction form. ISW after a correct answer
1 1
Way 2: Otherwise method: Use of (9 11x)(1 x) (3 2 x) : B1 B1 M1 : as before
Then M1: Attempt to multiply three brackets and obtain 3 + .. A1: two terms correct A1: All four correct
1
Way 3: Use of 9 11x 3 x 2 x 2 or alternatives is less likely – send to review
Qu Scheme Marks
4 M1A1
4.(a) 0 < f(x) <
5 (2)
4
y= (3x 5) y 4 M1
(b) 3x 5
4 5y
x dM1
3y
4 5x 4
f 1 ( x) 0 x A1o.e.
3x 5
(3)
4
fg( x) B1
(c) 3
5 (1)
x
3x 5 4
(d) 4 3 M1
5
x
15x2 18x 15 0 A1
M1 A1
Uses 182 4 15 15 and so deduce no real roots
(4)
(10 marks)
(a)
M1: One limit such as y 0 or y 0.8 . Condone for this mark both limits but with x (not y) or with the boundary
included. For example 0,0.8 ,0 x 0.8, 0 y 0.8
A1: Fully correct so accept 0 < f(x) < and exact equivalents 0 < y < 0,0.8
4 4
5 5
(b)
M1: Set y = f(x) or x f ( y) and multiply both sides by denominator.
dM1:Make x (or a swapped y ) the subject of the formula. Condone arithmetic slips
4
5
1 1 4 x
A1: o.e for example y /f ( x) 5 or y
3 - do not need domain for this mark. ISW after a
3 x
correct answer.
(c) Mark parts c and d together
4
B1: fg(x) = - allow any correct form then isw
3
5
x
(d)
M1: Sets fg(x) = gf(x) with both sides correct (but may be unsimplified) and forms a quadratic in x. Do not
withhold this mark if fg or gf was originally correct but was ''simplified'' incorrectly and set equal to a correct gf
A1: Correct 3TQ. It need not be all on one side of the equation. The =0 can be implied by later work
M1: Attempts the discriminant or attempts the formula or attempts to complete the square.
A1: Completely correct work (cso) and conclusion. If b2 4ac has been found it must be correct ( 576 )
Qu Scheme Marks
9
5.(a) 7 or equivalent e.g. 7 2 AND or equivalent e.g. 9 2 B1
4 2 8 4 2 8 (1)
1
(b) ........................... B1 oe
2 4
1
7 9
h 0 0 2 '' '' 2 '' '' M1
2
4 2 4 2
A1
= 11.91 (only)
(3)
(c) x cos xdx = x sin x sin x dx
M1
= x sinx + cosx (+c ) dM1 A1
(3)
5 3
x sin x cos x
5
M1 A1
(d) 2
3 = 4
2 2 2 (2)
(9 marks)
(a)
B1: Both correct ( as above) Must be exact and not decimal
(b)
1
B1: See as part of trapezium rule or h stated or used. This can be scored if ‘h’ is in an unsimplified
2 4 4
form.
M1: Correct structure of the bracket in the trapezium rule.
7 9
You may not see the zero's Eg 2 '' '' 2 '' ''
4 2 4 2
A1: 11.91 only. This may be a result of using the decimal equivalents. Sight of 11.91 will score all 3 marks
(c)
M1: For a correct attempt at integration by parts to give an expression of the form x sin x sin x dx
If you see such an expression you would only withhold the mark if there is evidence of an incorrect formula
(seen or implied) Eg udv uv vdu
dM1: For x sinx cosx following line one
A1: cso
Allow all three marks for candidate who just writes down the correct answer with no working
D I
(6 marks)
(i)
M1: Applies the Product rule to y 5x2 ln 3x
dy
Expect Ax Bx ln(3x) for this mark (A, B positive constant)
dx
A1: cao- need not be simplified
(ii)
x
M1: Applies the Quotient rule, a form of which appears in the formula book, to y
sin x cos x
Expect dy (sin x cos x)1 x( cos x sin x) for M1
dx (sin x cos x)
2
Condone invisible brackets for the M and an attempted incorrect 'squared' term on the denominator
Eg sin 2 x cos2 x
B1: Denominator should be expanded to sin 2 x cos2 x ... and (sin 2 x cos2 x) 1
B1: Denominator should be expanded to ... k sin x cos x and (k sin x cos x) k sin 2 x .
2
For example sight of (sin x cos x)2 1 2sin x cos x 1 sin 2 x without the intermediate line on the
Denominator is B0 B1
A1: cso – answer is given. This mark is withheld if there is poor notation cos x cos sin 2 x sin x2
If the only error is the omission of (sin 2 x cos2 x) 1 then this final A1* can be awarded.
.
Use of product rule or implicit differentiation needs to be applied correctly with possible sign errors differentiating the tr
functions for M1, then other marks as before. If quoted the product rule must be
correct
dy
Product rule (sin x cos x)1 1 x (sin x cos x) 2 ( cos x sin x)
dx
dy
Implicit differentiation sin x cos x y x sin x cos x y cos x sin x 1
dx
dy
To score the B’s under this method there must have been an attempt to write as a single fraction
dx
Qu Scheme Marks
O x
(7 marks)
(a)
(i)
B1: For both b = ±5 not just b= 5
M1: Substitute 13 , 0 to give 13 a + b=0. This mark is implied by a 3 value of b
A1: a = 15 corresponding to b 5 and a 15 corresponding to b 5
If they write down an equation rather than giving values of a and b then
Just y 15x 5 or y 15x 5 scores B0, M1, A0
Both y 15x 5 and y 15x 5 scores B1, M1, A1
Linear equations y 15x 5 and/or y 15x 5 (without the modulus) only score B0 M1 A0
tan 2 x tan x
8 (a) tan(2 x x) M1
1 tan 2 x tan x
2 tan x
tan x
1 tan x
2
dM1
2 tan x
1 tan x
1 tan 2 x
2 tan x tan x tan 3 x
2 tan x tan x(1 tan x) OR
2
1 tan 2 x
oe A1
1 tan 2 x 2 tan 2 x 1 tan 2 x 2 tan 2 x
1 tan 2 x
3tan x tan 3 x
So tan 3x * A1*cso
1 3tan 2 x
(4)
Put 3 tan x tan
3
x
(b) 11tan x so 3 tan x tan 3 x 11tan x(1 3 tan 2 x) M1
1 3 tan x
2
32tan 3 x 8 tan x A1
1
So tanx = or 0 x ..
2 dM1
Alternatively they write both numerator and denominator as single correct fractions.
They cannot just write down the final given answer for this mark
A1*: Correct printed answer achieved with no errors and all of the lines in the markscheme (c.s.o.)
Withhold the final A1 for candidates who use poor notation or mixed variables.
2 tan
Examples of poor notation would include tan tan x tan 2 x tan x 2 tan 2 x
1 tan 2
(b)
M1: Attempts to use the given identity and multiplies by 1 3tan 2 x . Condone slips
A1: Obtain 32tan3 x 8tan x or equivalent. Accept 32tan 2 x 8 for this mark
dM1: Obtains one value of x from tan x =... using a correct method for their equation. The order of operations
to find x must be correct but can be scored from tan x 0 x 0
A1: Either one of x 26.6 or 26.6 or in radians 0.46
A1: CAO x awrt 26.6 , awrt 26.6 , 0 (do not need degrees symbol) with no extras within the range
Note: Answers only scores 0 marks. Answers from a correct cubic/quadratic scores M1 A1 dM1 (implied) then
as scheme
Qu Scheme Marks
du
9(a) 2 B1
dx
u 3
dx
x
4u 2
du M1
(2 x 3) 2
14 u 1 43 u 2 du dM1
14 ln u 43 u 1 ddM1 A1
27
14 ln u 43 u 1 14 ln 27 43 271 ( 14 ln 3 43 13 ) 14 ln 9 368 M1
3
12 ln3 92 * A1*
(7)
12
9 x
2
V
2 x 3
(b) dx M1
0
= 81 1 ln 3 2 A1
2 9 (2)
(9 marks)
(a)
du dx 1
B1: States or uses 2 or equivalent such as 0.5 or dx du
dx du 2
M1: Expression of the form k u 3
du and allow missing du and/or missing integral sign
2
u
1 2
d M1: Splits into the form ...u ...u and again allow missing du and/or missing integral sign.
Qu Scheme Marks
9(a)
By Parts By Partial Fractions B0
2 x 3
1 3
x 2 x 3 dx
2 2
2
dx
2 x 3
2
3 2 x 3
1
x 2 x 3 2 x 3
1 1
1
x 2 x 3 dx ln 2 x 3
2
dx One term of M1
2 2 4 4
x 2 x 3 3 2 x 3
1 1
1 1
ln 2 x 3 Both terms of ln 2 x 3 dM1
2 4 4 4
12 12
Attempts limits x 2 x 3 1 ln 2 x 3 1 3 2 x 3
1 1
ln 2 x 3 ddM1
2 4 0 4 4 0
B1
10.(a) When t = 0 N = 15
(1)
M1A1
(b) Puts t = 10 so N = 56.6 (accept 56 or 57 )
(2)
300 54
(c) 82 0.2 t
e0.2t awrt 0.039 M1 A1
3 17e 1394
54
0.2t ln t dM1
1394
A1
t = awrt 16.3
(4)
dN
(d) (0.2) 300 (1) 17e0.2t (3 17e 0.2t ) 2 M1 A1
dt
A1 cso
=4.38 so 4 insects per week
(3)
(10
marks)
(a)
B1: 15 cao
(b)
300
M1: Substitutes t = 10 into the correct formula. Sight of N is fine
3 17e0.210
A1: Accept 56 or 57 or awrt 56.6. These values would imply the M.
(c)
M1: Substitutes 82 and proceeds to obtain e0.2t C Condone slips on the power
A1: For e0.2t 27 oe e0.2t 697 oe Accept decimals Eg e0.2t awrt 0.039 or e0.2t awrt 25.8
697 27
dM1: Dependent upon previous M, scored for taking ln's (of a positive value) and proceeding to t =
A1: awrt 16.3 Accept 16 (weeks), 16.25 (weeks), 16 weeks 2 days or 17 weeks following correct log work and
1394
acceptable accuracy. Accept t 5ln oe for this mark
54
(d)
dN
M1: Differentiates to give a form equivalent to ke0.2t (3 17e0.2t )2 (may use quotient rule)
dt
dN
A1: Correct derivative which may be unsimplified 1020e0.2t (3 17e0.2t )2
dt
A1: Obtains awrt 4 following a correct derivative. This is cso
Qu Scheme Marks
11. (a) R 37 B1
12
tan awrt 0.3303 M1 A1
35
(3)
(b) 37
sin x 0.5... M1
2R
37
x arcsin their"0.3303" M1
2 their "37"
x awrt 0.854 or awrt 2.95 A1
x awrt 0.854 and awrt 2.95 A1
(4)
Find 7000 =5 M1 A1
(c)(i) y
31 ( '' R '') 2
(c)(ii) x x = 1.90 M1 A1
2
(4)
(11 marks)
(a)
B1: R 37 no working needed. Condone R 37
12
M1: tan or tan 35 with an attempt to find alpha. Accept decimal attempts from
35 12
12
tan awrt 0.343 or tan awrt 2.92 If R is used allow sin OR cos 35 with an attempt to
R R
find alpha
A1: awrt 0.3303 . Answers in degrees are A0
(b)
M1: (Uses part (a) to solve equation) sin x 37
2 theirR
M1: operations undone in the correct order to give x =... Accept sin x k x arcsin k
A1: one correct answer to within required accuracy. Allow 0.272 or 0.938 .
5
Condone for this mark only both 0.3303 and 0.3303
6 6
A1: both values (and no extra values in the range) correct to within required accuracy. Allow 0.272 , 0.938
(c) (i)
M1: For an attempt at 7000
31 ( '' R '') 2
A1: 5
(c)(ii)
M1: Uses x their 2n 1 to find x This may be implied by 1.57 their 0.33 stated or calculated (2dp)
2
A1: Awrt 1.90 but condone 1.9 for this answer
Answers in degrees, withhold the first time seen, usually part (a). FYI (a) 18.92 (b) 48.9,168.9 (c)(ii)
108.9
Qu Scheme Marks
Way 1: Way 2:
12. (a) Uses x kt or t = cx and x = 1.5 when t = 2 Uses x kt +c with x = 0, t = 0 and M1
so k = or c = with x = 1.5 when t = 2 so k =
4 4 A1
t x t x
3 3 (2)
(b) t=4 B1
(1)
dx
(c) so separate variables to give (2 x 1) dx dt M1
dt (2 x 1)
x2 x t (c) (2 x 1)2 M1
or t (c) so t =
4
x2 x A1
(When t = 0, x = 0 so c = ¼ or c =0) so t
(3)
(d) B1
15
Uses x = 1.5 when t = 2 to give = (1)
8
(e) x 2 x 12
t = 6.4 hours later so M1
10.24pm or 22.24
A1
(2)
(9 marks)
Mark (a) and (b) together
(a)
M1: Uses correct x = kt or t = cx and x = 1.5 when t = 2 to find their constant (may not be k or c)
This may be the result of a differential equation dx k
dt
4 x x
A1: t x oe such as t or even t Just this with no working is M1 A1
3 0.75 3
4
(b)
B1: t = 4
13 (a) Puts x = 0 and obtains θ B1
6
Substitutes their θ to obtain y 10 3 or 10 3 M1 A1
0,
3
3 (3)
dy dy
5sec tan
(b) d
M1 A1
dx dx
d 3 sec2
5 sin
cos
B1
3 1
cos
5 A1
sin or 5 oe
3 3 (4)
dy
(c) Puts 0 and obtains and calculates x and y or deduces correct answer M1
dx
A1
Obtains (1, 5)
(2)
x 1 and sec
y
(d) tan M1
3 5
2
to give 1 " x 1 " " y "
2
Uses 1 tan 2 sec2 M1
3 5
3 x2 2 x 1 y
2
so y 5 3 x 2
2x 4 * A1*
3 5 3 (3)
(12 marks)
Alt 1(d) x 1
2
y 5 1 tan 2 , 5 1 M1, M1
3
y
5
3
3 x 2
2x 4 *
A1*
(3)
Assume y k x 2
2 x 4 and sub both x 1 3 tan and y 5sec
5sec k 3 3 tan 2
M1
Alt 2 (d) 5sec k sec 3 M1
5 A1*
k= 3 AND conclusion ''hence true''
3
(3)
(a)
3 2
B1: For or 30 or awrt -0.52 but may be awarded for cos or sec if is not explicitly
6 2 3
found
M1: Substitutes their (or their cos or sec ) found from an attempt at x 0 to give y
10
A1: cao. Accept y 3 Correct answer with no incorrect working scores all 3 marks.
Note that also gives y 10 3 but scores B0 M1 A0
6 3
Qu Scheme Marks
(b)
M1: Attempts to differentiate both x and y wrt and establishes dy d
dy
dx ddx
A1: Correct derivatives and correct fraction
5
B1: For either 3 (seen explicitly stated or implied) or use of sec 1
3 cos
1 1
An alternative to seeing sec is cos
cos sec
A1: Fully correct solution showing all relevant steps with correct notation, no mixed variables and no errors.
tan cannot just be written as sin without an intermediate line of working
sec
cos sin cannot just be written as sin without an intermediate line of working
2
sec2
However it is acceptable to write down tan cos as sin due to this being a version of sin tan
cos
(c)
dy
M1: Sets their 0 and proceeds to find (x, y) from their
dx
A1: for (1, 5) or x = 1, y = 5
(d)
x 1 sec y
M1: Attempt to obtain tan and sec in terms of x and y respectively. Allow tan 5
3
M1: Uses 1 tan 2 sec2 with their expressions for tan and sec in terms of x and y respectively
A1*: Obtains printed answer with no errors and with k = 5 3 only
3
You do not need to see k explicitly stated as 5 3 , it is fine to be embedded within the formula
3
(a) B1
Qu Scheme Marks
2 4
2 . 4
8 0 dM1 A1
cos
16
1
(2) 22 (8) 2 (4) 2 42
2
72 32 3
So angle is 1.23 radians or 70.5 degrees A1
(4)
M1A1
(c) Area = 72 32 sin 45.3 or 32 2 oe (2)
3 M1 A1
(d) Area = "45.3" = 67.9 or 48 2 oe
2 (2)
(11 marks)
(a)
M1: For attempting one of b – a or a – b or c – b or b – c. It must be correct for at least one of the components.
Condone coordinate notation for the first two M marks
M1: For attempting d a b + c It must be correct for at least one of the components.
A1: cao. Correct answer no working scores all 3 marks. It must be the vector (either form) and not a coordinate
Note this can be attempted by finding the mid point E of AC and then using d =b+2 BE but it must be a full
method M1 Attempts mpAC 0, 2, 2 and uses .... M1 Attempts 3, 1,6 2 3,3, 4 A1
(b)
M1: Uses correct pair of vectors , so k BA and k BC. Each must be correct for at least one of the components
dM1: A clear attempt to use the dot product formula to find cos k , 1 k 1. It is dependent upon having
chosen the correct pair of vectors. Allow for arithmetical slips in both their dot product calculation and the
moduli, but the process must be correct.
72 32 72
It could also be found using the cosine rule.
2 72 32
(M1 is for attempt at all three lengths, so BA, BC, AC and dM1 correct angle attempted using the
correct formula)
A1: For 1/3 or – 1/3 or equivalent - may be implied by 70.5 or 109.5 or 1.23 radians or 1.91 radians
A1: cso for awrt 70.5 degrees or 1.23 radians. (Note that invcos(– 1/3)=109.5 followed by 70.5 is A0 .........
unless accompanied by a convincing argument that the angle 109.5 is the exterior angle, and therefore the interior
angle is 70.5. It is not awarded for simply finding the acute angle. A diagram with correct angles would be ok )
(c)
M1: Uses correct area formula for parallelogram.
You may see the area of the triangle ABC doubled which is fine.
A1: Obtains awrt 45.3. Allow this from an angle of 109.5
(d)
M1: Realises connection with part (c) and uses 1.5 times answer to the area of ABCD (It can be implied by 67.9)
A1: awrt 67.9
Edexcel and BTEC Qualifications
Edexcel and BTEC qualifications are awarded by Pearson, the UK’s largest awarding
body. We provide a wide range of qualifications including academic, vocational,
occupational and specific programmes for employers. For further information visit
our qualifications websites at www.edexcel.com or www.btec.co.uk. Alternatively,
you can get in touch with us using the details on our contact us page at
www.edexcel.com/contactus.
Pearson aspires to be the world’s leading learning company. Our aim is to help everyone
progress in their lives through education. We believe in every kind of learning, for all kinds
of people, wherever they are in the world. We’ve been involved in education for over 150
years, and by working across 70 countries, in 100 languages, we have built an international
reputation for our commitment to high standards and raising achievement through
innovation in education. Find out more about how we can help you and your students at:
www.pearson.com/uk
Summer 2017
Publications Code WMA02_01_1706_MS
All the material in this publication is copyright
© Pearson Education Ltd 2017
Marking Guidance
All candidates must receive the same treatment. Examiners must mark the
first candidate in exactly the same way as they mark the last.
Mark schemes should be applied positively. Candidates must be rewarded for
what they have shown they can do rather than penalised for omissions.
Examiners should mark according to the mark scheme not according to their
perception of where the grade boundaries may lie.
There is no ceiling on achievement. All marks on the mark scheme should be
used appropriately.
All the marks on the mark scheme are designed to be awarded. Examiners
should always award full marks if deserved, i.e. if the answer matches the mark
scheme. Examiners should also be prepared to award zero marks if the
candidate’s response is not worthy of credit according to the mark scheme.
Where some judgement is required, mark schemes will provide the principles
by which marks will be awarded and exemplification may be limited.
When examiners are in doubt regarding the application of the mark scheme to a
candidate’s response, the team leader must be consulted.
Crossed out work should be marked UNLESS the candidate has replaced it with
an alternative response.
3
Pearson Education Limited. Registered company number 872828
with its registered office at 80 Strand, London, WC2R 0RL, United Kingdom
Mark Scheme (Results)
Summer 2017
2. Formula
Attempt to use correct formula (with values for a, b and c).
2. Integration
n 1
Power of at least one term increased by 1. ( x x )
n
Use of a formula
Where a method involves using a formula that has been learnt, the advice given in recent
examiners’ reports is that the formula should be quoted first.
Exact answers
Examiners’ reports have emphasised that where, for example, an exact answer is asked for, or working
with surds is clearly required, marks will normally be lost if the candidate resorts to using rounded
decimals.
6
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
1 dy dy
3 x 2 2 xy 2 y 2 4 0 6 x 2 x 2 y 4 y 0 B1 M1 A1
dx dx
dy dy dy 5
Sets x 2, y 4 12 4 8 16 0 M1
dx dx dx 3
dy 5 5
Uses x 2, y 4 and their ( y 4) ( x 2) M1
dx 3 3
5x 3 y 2 0 A1
(6 marks)
dy
B1: 2xy differentiated correctly to give 2 x 2 y or any equivalent correct expression.
dx
dy
M1: Attempts to apply the chain rule to 2 y 2 to give an expression of the form Ay
dx
d y
A1: Fully correct differentiation of 3 x2 2 y 2 4 to give 6 x 4 y and “= 0” which may be implied by
dx
subsequent work. “= 0” may also be implied if the candidate rearranges the given equation first.
dy dy
Allow the candidate to start with ... for all the above marks but if this is used to find the gradient, the
dx dx
dy
next mark would be withheld as the two terms must come from the 2xy and 2y2 terms – see below.
dx
dy dy
Note: If 6 xdx 2 xdy 2 ydx 4 ydy 0 6 x 2 x 2 y 4 y 0 is seen, score B1 for 2 xdy 2 ydx and
dx dx
dy dy
M1 for 6 xdx 4 ydy 0 then A1 for 6 x 2 x 2 y 4 y 0
dx dx
dy
M1: Substitutes x 2 and y 4 and attempts to find (this may be implied e.g. they may rearrange their
dx
dy dx
to find and then substitute). This is not formally dependent on the first M but is dependent upon
dx dy
dy
them having two terms in their derivative. One coming from 2xy and one coming from 2y2.
dx
dy 20 5
M1: Uses x 2 and y 4 and their numerical value of
dx 12 3
to find an equation of a tangent (not a
normal). If y = mx + c is used they much reach as far as finding a value for c.
A1: Accept 5x 3 y 2 0 or any integer multiple of this equation.
7
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
2 ln x x 1 x 1 1
dx x 2 ln x dx ln x dx M1A1
x2 1 1 x
x 1
ln x x 2 dx
1
x 1 x 1
1
ln x
1
c M1A1
1 1 1 1 1
e e
ln x 1
dx ln x ln e ln1 M1
x x 1 e e 1 1
2
1
x
2
1 A1
e
(6)
Alternative by substitution:
ln x u u
u ln x 2
dx 2u
e du ue u du
x e
ue u du ue u
e u du M1A1
ue u
du ue u e u c M1A1
e
ln x 1 1
dx ue u e u 0 0 1
1
M1
e e
2
1
x
2
1 A1
e
1
Must see an expression of the form Ax 1 ln x B x 1 dx for this mark
x
e
x 1 x 1 1 1 1
A1: A correct un-simplified (or simplified) expression e.g. ln x dx , ln x dx
1 1 x x 1 x2
M1: It is for 'combining' their two terms in x correctly and integrating their resulting term by adding one to the
power.
A1: A completely correct integral (simplified or un-simplified)
e
e1 11 x 1
For students who substitute in limits early, look for e.g. ln e ln1
1 1 1 1
M1: It is for substituting in the limits 1 and e (either way round) and subtracting.
8
2 2 2
A1: cso and cao for 1 or 1 . Allow e1 for e. Accept 1 .
e e e
Alt 1
M1: An application of integration by parts the right way around.
If the rule is quoted it must be correct. (A version appears in the formula booklet)
Must see an expression of the form
ue u du Aue u
e u du for this mark
M1: It is for
e u du e u
M1: It is for substituting in the limits 0 and 1 (either way round) and subtracting.
2 2 2
A1: A1: cso and cao for 1 or 1 . Allow e1 for e. Accept 1 .
e e e
9
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
3 (a) 0g3 M1A1
(2)
(b) 6x 3y
y 2 xy 3 y 6 x (6 2 y) x 3 y x M1A1
2x 3 (6 2 y)
3x
g 1 x 0 x3 A1ft
(6 2 x)
(3)
(c) 6x
6x 6
gg( x) g 2 x 3
M1
2x 3 2 6 x
3
2x 3
6 6x
dM1
2 6 x 3(2 x 3)
36 x 4x
A1
18 x 9 2 x 1
(3)
(8 marks)
(a)
M1: For one 'end' fully correct g( x) 0 (not x > 0) or g( x) 3 (not x < 3) or both ends (incorrect) eg. accept
0 g 3 . Accept incorrect notation such as 0 x 3 for this mark but not x > 0 or x < 3 on their own.
Allow use of f rather than g for the M mark but not the A mark.
A1: Accept 0 g 3 , 0 y 3 , g( x) 0 and g( x) 3 , 0,3
(b)
M1: An attempt to make x or a replaced y the subject of the formula. The minimum expectation is that
there is an attempt to cross multiply, expand and collect/factorise terms in x or a replaced y and
3 y
obtain x or equivalent i.e. sign errors only on their algebra.
(6 2 y )
3y 3 y 3x 3x 3 9
A1: x or or y or or etc. Allow 2( x 3) for (2 x 6) .
(6 2 y) (2 y 6) (6 2 x) (2 x 6) 2 2( x 3)
3x 3x
A1ft: g 1 x and 0 x 3. You can follow through on any range from part (a) but
(6 2 x) (2 x 6)
or
the domain must be in terms of x not in terms of e.g. g(x) or g-1(x). Do not allow x
3x 3x
Accept y 0 x 3 . Allow 2( x 3) for (2 x 6) .
(6 2 x) (2 x 6)
or
(c)
6x
M1: Attempts to find gg( x) by finding g
2x 3
a
dM1: Correct processing to obtain a single fraction of the form . Achieved by,
b
multiplying both numerator and denominator by (2 x 3) (must multiply both terms in the
denominator)
10
attempting to write the denominator as a single fraction followed by the multiplication of the
a
numerator by an inverted denominator to obtain a single fraction of the form
b
attempting to write the denominator as a single fraction followed the cancellation of the same
denominators
4x
A1: cao. Ignore the presence or absence of a domain and isw once the correct answer is seen.
2x 1
11
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
4(a) 2 1 5 2
27 3 5 x 27 1 x B1, B1
9 3
( 2)( 3) 5 2 ( 2)( 3)( 4) 5 3
3 1 ( 2) x
5
3 x 3 x ... M1
3 2! 3!
500 3
3 10 x 25 x 2 x ... A1, A1
9
(5)
2 2
(b) 27 3 5 x 27 3 5 x
500 3
3 10 x 25 x 2 x ... B1ft
9
(1)
(c) 2 10 25 500 3
27 3 x 3 x 2 x2 x M1
5 5 9 53
4
3 2 x x 2 x3 A1
9
(2)
(8 marks)
4(a) alt 32 ( 2) 33 ( 5 x ) ( 2)( 3) 34 ( 5 x ) 2
2 2 B1 B1 M1
27 3 5 x 27
2 3 4 35 5 x 3
3!
1 10 x 25 x 2 500 x3
27 .. A1 A1
9 27 27 243
500 3
3 10 x 25 x 2 x ...
9
(a)
2
B1: Writes down 3 5x or uses a power of 2
1
B1: Takes out a factor of 32 which can be implied by or 3 (....) or a first term of 3
9
M1: Expands 1 kx , k 1 with the structure for at least 2 terms correct (not including the “1”), from
2
(2)(3) (2)(3) 4
1 (2)kx (kx)2 (kx)3 ... with or without the bracket around the kx
2 3!
A1: Two of the four terms correct and simplified but the method mark must have been awarded!
500 3
A1: Fully correct simplified expansion 3 10 x 25 x 2 x ... all on one line but isw once a correct expansion is
9
seen.
Alternative for (a):
2
B1: Writes down 3 5x or uses a power of 2
B1: For a first term of 3-2 in the bracket
12
( 2)( 3) 4 2 3 4 5
M1: For correct structure for two of ( 2) 33 ( 5 x ) 3 ( 5 x )2 3 5 x 3
2 3!
A1A1: As defined in main scheme
(2)(3) (2)(3) 4
1 (2)kx (kx)2 (kx)3 ... with or without the bracket around the kx
2 3!
1
NB k should be
3
4
A1: The correct answer 3 2 x x 2 x3
9
If (c) is attempted using the alternative binomial method, send to review.
13
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
5(a) 6 5x 4 x2 B C
A
(2 x)(1 2 x) (2 x) (1 2 x)
6 5x 4 x2 A(2 x)(1 2 x) B(1 2 x) C (2 x) M1
Coefficients of x2 A 2 B1
1
Sub x 2 20 5B B 4 , x 7.5 2.5C C 3 dM1A1
2
(4)
(b) 4 3 4 6
f ( x) 2 f '( x) M1A1ftA1
(2 x) (1 2 x) (2 x) (1 2 x) 2
2
(3)
(c) As (2 x) 0 and (1 2 x) 0 f '( x) 0
2 2
B1
(1)
(8 marks)
5 (a) alt
2
2 x 2 3 x 2 4 x 2 5 x 6
11x 2 B C B1 M1
4 x 2 6 x 4
(2 x)(1 2 x) (2 x) (1 2 x)
11x 2
(4)
(a)
M1: Writes 6 5x 4 x A(2 x)(1 2 x) B(1 2 x) C (2 x) and makes an attempt to find any constant.
2
In the alternative it is for dividing first to obtain a quotient of ±2 and a remainder px + q, p, q ≠ 0 and then
B C
writing the remainder in the form
(2 x) (1 2 x)
B1: For the 2 .... OR A 2 or quotient 2
dM1: Dependent upon previous M. It is for a correct method of finding any of the constants B or C by
either substitution or correctly equating coefficients and solving simultaneous equations. In the
alternative, it is
for writing px q B 1 2 x C 2 x and attempting to find any of the constants B or C by
either substitution or equating coefficients and solving simultaneous equations
4 3
A1: For the or the values of the constants stated correctly.
(2 x) (1 2 x)
(b)
.. .. .. ..
M1: For an application of the chain rule. Award for OR where … is
(2 x) (2 x) 2
(1 2 x) (1 2 x) 2
a constant.
14
A1ft: One of the two terms correct or one of the two terms correct following through from their constants i.e.
B B C 2C
OR
(2 x) (2 x) 2
(1 2 x) (1 2 x) 2
4 6
A1: Fully correct f '( x) . Allow full marks in (b) even if A is incorrect in (a).
(2 x) (1 2 x) 2
2
(c)
B1: This mark depends on a fully correct derivative in (b) and a minimum of, squares are always positive,
hence f '( x) 0
Attempts at part (c) based on f(x) alone should be sent to review.
Special case: If the candidate goes back to the original function for parts (b) and (c)
(b) score for use of the quotient rule.
d 6 5 x 4 x 2 (2 x)(1 2 x) P Qx 6 5 x 4 x L Mx
2
dx (2 x)(1 2 x)
M1: Look for
(2 x)(1 2 x)
2
(2 x)(1 2 x) 5 8 x 6 5 x 4 x 2 3 4 x
A1 A1:
(2 x)(1 2 x)
2
28 x
It would require f '(x) to be put in a form f '( x) 7 49
(2 x)(1 2 x)
2
15
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
6. 6 3
Not parallel as 3 is not equal (or a multiple of ) 1 B1
1 2
5 6 10 3 5 6 10 3
Sets 2 3 5 1 2 3 5 1 Two of three M1
4 1 3 2 4 1 3 2
Full method to solve any two Eg (2) and (3) 2, 3 M1, A1
23 16 and states that as they are not equal or do not intersect (or lines are
A1 cso
SKEW)
(6)
(6 marks)
B1: States that lines are not parallel with a valid reason e.g.
6 3
The direction vectors 3 and 1 are not equal (or multiples of each other)
1 2
6 : 3: 1 3:1: 2
62 32 1 32 12 22 6 3 3 1 2 1 or shows cos 1 (Note cos 0.7489 and
2
41.5... )
6 3 2 and 3 1 3
M1: Equates the lines. Evidence will be two of the three equations. Allow slips provided the intention to
equate components is clear.
M1: Full method to solve two of the three equations to obtain values for and or numerical expressions for
and
A1: Correct values of either or for their two equations.
16
Note (1) and (2) give (awrt 5.3) and 9 awrt 9.0 ,
3
31 37
(1) and (3) give (awrt 2.1) and (awrt 2.5)
15 15
M1: Substitutes both values into the third equation. Alternatively uses the value of one variable, expresses the
other variable in terms of this and substitutes both into the third equation.
A1: Requires all values correct (and exact if necessary) and a statement that the lines do not intersect (or are
skew). The substitution into their 3rd equation does need to be made but not fully evaluated if the results are
clearly not equal. There is no need for candidates to use the word SKEW – not intersecting (or equivalent) is
sufficient.
Note that a score of 011111 is possible.
16
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
Examples:
7(a) 1 cos 2 x 1 1 2sin x 2sin 2 x
2
tan 2 x M1dM1A1
1 cos 2 x 1 2cos x 1 2cos x
2 2
tan 2 x M1dM1A0
1 cos 2 x 1 2cos x 1 cos x
2 2
cos 2 x
2cos2 x
2sin 2 x 2sin 2 x
17
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
Examples:
Which is true*
7 (b)alt1 1 cos 2
2 7sec 2 tan 2 7sec
2
2 M1
1 cos 2
sin 2 7
2 2
cos
2
cos
M1
2sin 2cos 7cos
2 2
4 tan 4 57 tan 2 45 0 A1
4 tan 2 3 tan 2 15 0 tan 2 15
tan 15 ... M1
75.5, 75.5 A1A1
(6)
(a)
M1: Uses a correct double angle identity on the numerator or denominator and applies this to the fraction.
dM1: Uses correct double angle identities in the numerator and denominator leading to an expression of the
a sin 2 x
form
a cos 2 x
A1*: Completely correct solution. The variables must be consistent and do not accept expressions of the form
sin 2
' 2
tan 2 ' within the proof. If their working necessitates the appearance of the 2’s in the numerator and
cos
denominator and they are not shown, this mark can be withheld – see examples.
(a) Alt1:
sin 2 x
M1: Uses the identity tan 2 x
cos 2 x
dM1: Uses any two correct double angle identities.
18
A1*: Completely correct solution. The variables must be consistent and do not accept expressions of the form
sin 2
' 2
tan 2 ' within the proof.
cos
(a) Alt 2:
M1: Multiplies both sides by the denominator of the lhs and uses any two correct double angle identities
dM1: Uses any two correct double angle identities.
A1: Obtains a correct identity and makes a conclusion.
See main scheme for some other varieties and the marks to award
If themay
There quadratic (in sec
be other or cos)seen
methods is correct but (b).
for part in their
If infactorisation can(sec
doubt you the 4)
consult or Team
your 1 is correct
4cos Leader but theand the
general
guidance would
other factorbe:
incorrect then the final A mark can be withheld if they proceed to obtain the correct angles.
7
M1: Obtains an equation of the form A tan 2 2 7sec or A tan 2 2 (or a method using identities
cos
(allow sign errors) to obtain an equation in terms of single angles)
M1: Uses identities (allow sign errors) to produce an equation in terms of a single trig. function.
A1: Correct equation
M1: Solves to obtain at least one value 19
A1: One of awrt 75.5, 75.5
A1: Both of awrt 75.5, 75.5
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
8 (a) Strip Width =1 B1
1
Area 0.6325 0.3742 2 0.5477 0.4851 0.4385 0.4027
2
M1
1 4.7547
2
Awrt =2.377 A1
(3)
(b) 7 7
1 1
2 x2 1dx 2 ln x
x
Volume 2
M1A1
2
ln 50 ln 5 dM1
2
ln10 A1
2
(4)
(7 marks)
(a)
B1: Strip width = 1 which may be implied by the 1 in the trapezium rule
2
M1: For a correct attempt at using the trapezium rule.
1
Look for h y at x 2 y at x 7 2 sum of other y values . Must be correct with no missing values and no
2
extra values. (May be implied by a correct answer)
A1: Awrt = 2.377
Note: h = 5/6 gives Area 1.981125 and h = 5 gives 11.88675 and will probably just score the M1
1
Note that 1 0.6325 0.3742 2 0.5477 0.4851 0.4385 0.4027 scores B1 only unless the missing
2
brackets are implied by a correct answer.
(b)
dx to give an expression of the form D ln k x 2 1
x
M1: Attempts to find C x 1
2
ln x 2 1 . Correct expression with or without π. Ignore any limits.
x
A1: Volume x2 1 dx 2
Do not allow the brackets around the x2 + 1 to be missing unless their presence is implied by later work.
dM1: Dependent upon previous M. It is for substituting x = 7 and x = 2 and subtracting either way round. Following
correct work, this mark may be implied by awrt 3.62.
A1: V ln10 or exact equivalent e.g. ln 10 and isw once the correct answer is seen. Allow V ln 10
2 2
By substitution 1:
x
M1: Uses u x Attempts to find C x2 1 dx to give an expression of the form D ln k u 1
2
x 1
A1: Volume u 1 2 x du 2
ln u 1 . Correct expression with or without π. Ignore any limits.
Do not allow the brackets around the u + 1 to be missing unless their presence is implied by later work.
dM1: Dependent upon previous M. It is for substituting x = 72 and x = 22 and subtracting either way round or changing
back to x and substituting x = 7 and x = 2 and subtracting either way round.
20
A1: V ln10 or exact equivalent e.g. ln 10 and isw once the correct answer is seen. Allow V ln 10
2 2
By substitution 2:
x
M1: Uses u x 2 1Attempts to find C x2 1 dx to give an expression of the form D ln ku
x 1
A1: Volume u 2 x du 2
ln u . Correct expression with or without π. Ignore any limits.
dM1: Dependent upon previous M. It is for substituting x = 72+1 and x = 22+1 and subtracting either way round or
changing back to x and substituting x = 7 and x = 2 and subtracting either way round.
A1: V ln10 or exact equivalent e.g. ln 10 and isw once the correct answer is seen. Allow V ln 10
2 2
21
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
9(a) 2 5
Attempts 3 . 6 2 2
32 (2) 2 5 2
(6) 2 12 cos CAB M1
2 1
10
CAB arc cos 107.94 dM1A1
17 62
(3)
(b) 1
Area 17 62 sin 107.94 15.44 M1A1
2
(2)
(c) Calculates BC (5 2) (6 3) (1 2)
2 2 2
M1
1 1
Uses Area BC AD 15.44 99 AD AD 3.10 M1A1
2 2
(3)
(8 marks)
Calculates BC (5 2)2 (6 3)2 (1 2)2 M1
17 62 99
Uses cosine rule cos CAB dM1
ALT (a) 2 17 62
20
CAB arcc os 107.94 A1
2 17 62
(3)
Area =
17 62 99 17 62 99 17 62 99 62 99 17
ALT (b) s s a s b s c M1A1
2 2 2 2
1 2 2 2 1 3
Alt (b) ii Area = AB AC AB. AC 17 62 100 106 M1A1
2 2 2
Area =
i j k
ALT (b) 1 1 1 1 2 M1A1
a b 2 3 2 9i 12 j 27k 9 122 27 2 15.44
2 2 2 2
5 6 1
sin("107.94") sin B
B 48.84... AD " 17 "sin B 3.10 M1A1
BC " 62 "
(a)
M1: Attempts to use a.b a b cos where a 2i 3j 2k , b 5i 6 j k I.e. correct use of Pythagoras
to find and multiply the lengths together and multiplies and adds components (allow arithmetic slips) for dot product.
10
dM1: Dependent upon previous M1. For continuing to find CAB using invcos. Allow arc cos
17 62
Implied by previous M1 + angle rounding to 108 or 72.1 (NB cos= -0.308…)
22
A1: awrt 107.94 only (Do not isw, so 107.94.. followed by 180 – 107.94… = 72.06…. scores A0
Note that the correct answer in radians is 1.8839… and scores M1dM1A0 following correct work
(b)
1
M1: Uses Area= ' a b sin C ' with a 2i 3j 2k, b 5i 6 j k and C their 107.94
2
A1: Area awrt 15.44 (Allow if 72.06 is used for angle CAB)
(c)
M1: Attempts to find the length of BC or BC2 e.g. BC (5 2)2 (6 3)2 (1 2)2
23
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
10(a) R 5 B1
1
tan 26.6 M1,A1
2
(3)
(b)
Shape B1
0,1 B1
"26.6",0 and "206.6",0 (Allow in radians i.e. their α and π+α B1ft
(3)
(c)(i) 5 'R' 5 5 B1ft
(a)
B1: R 5
1 2 1 2
M1: For tan or tan or sin or cos
2 1 " 5" " 5"
A1: Awrt 26.6
(b)
B1: Correct shape including cusps. A curve that starts downwards from the positive y-axis with two maxima.
This mark is essentially for realising that the parts of the curve under the x-axis are reflected in the x-axis and
for cusps that look “pointed” and not rounded.
B1: 0,1 may be seen on the diagram or in the body of the script as coordinates or seen as x = 0, y = 1. If
there is any ambiguity, the sketch takes precedence. Allow (1, 0) as long as it is marked in the correct place on
the sketch.
B1ft: 26.6,0 and 206.6,0 or their 26.6 and 180 + their 26.6. May be seen on the sketch or in the body of the
script as coordinates or seen as y = 0, or x 26.6, or x 206.6 . If there is any ambiguity, the sketch
takes precedence. Allow awrt 26.6 and awrt 207 or their ft values.
(c)(i)
B1ft: Follow through on 5 ' R ' including decimal answers (NB 5 + 5 = 7.24…)
(c)(ii)
M1: Attempts 15t "26.6" 90 or 270 t ... (Allow π/2, 3π/2 for 90, 270 if working in radians)
A1: t 19.8 only
(c)(ii) Alternative:
f t 5 2sin 15t cos 15t f t 30cos 15t 15sin 15t
M1: Attempts f t 0 15t 180 63.43... or 360 63.43
A1: t 19.8 only
24
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
11.(a) 3 3 6
or or 1.5 or B1
2 2 2
(1)
(b) 1 dy 1 1 1
y (2 x 2 3) tan x 4 x tan x (2 x 2 3) sec 2 x M1A1A1
2 dx 2 2 2
1 1 1
When x 4 tan (2 2 3) sec 2 0
2 2 2
1
sin
8 2 (2 2 3) 1
0 M1
1 2 1
cos cos
2 2
1 1
8 sin cos (2 2 3) 0
2 2
4 sin (2 2 3) 0 dM1
2 2 3 4 sin 0 A1*
(6)
(c) 3
x2
2 0.7 4sin 0.7 M1
x2 0.7544, x3 0.7062 A1
(2)
(d) Chooses interval 0.72825,0.72835 M1
2 0.72825 3 4 0.72825sin 0.72825 0.0005 0
2
(a)
3
B1: x or exact equivalent and no others inside the range. Ignore any solution outside the range so allow
2
3 3 3
e.g. x . seen unless seen in an incorrect statement e.g. x 2 .
2 2 2
(b)
1 1
M1: Attempts product rule on y (2 x 2 3) tan x or y 2 x 2 tan x if they multiply out first so look for
2 2
d(2 x 2 3) 1 d tan 12 x d 2 x2 1 d tan 12 x
tan x (2 x 3)
2
or tan x 2 x 2 or e.g.
dx 2 dx dx 2 dx
1 1
Ax tan x Bx 2 sec2 x
2 2
25
1 1 1 1 1
A1: One term correct: of 4 x tan x or (2 x 2 3) sec 2 x or (2 x 2 ) sec2 x
2 2 2 2 2
dy 1 1 1
A1: 4 x tan x (2 x 2 3) sec2 x . A fully correct un-simplified or simplified derivative.
dx 2 2 2
1
sin x
dy 1 1 1 2 and
M1: They need to have a with both tan x and sec2 x . It is for using tan x
dx 2 2 2 cos 1 x
2
1
sin 2 x
1 1 1 1 2 and setting dy 0
sec2 x or sec2 x 1 tan 2 x 1
2 cos 2 1 x 2 2 1
cos 2 x
dx
2
2
This mark is for converting to an equation in sin and cos using the correct identities.
1
dM1: Dependent upon both previous M's. It is for multiplying by cos 2 x and using the correct identity
2
1 1 1 1
2sin x cos x sin x. This may be implied by their work but if the identity sin x cos x sin x is
2 2 2 2
suggested, score M0.
A1*: 2 2 3 4 sin 0 (Allow 4 sin 2 2 3 0 ) . This is a printed answer so there must have been
no errors, including bracketing errors. (May work in x or α or a but must be α or a for final A1)
(c)
M1: For substituting x1 0.7, into the iterative formula to find x2. It may be implied by the sight of
3
x2 , x awrt 0.75 and also (if degrees were used) x2 awrt 2.1
2 0.7 4sin 0.7 2
A1: x2 0.7544, x3 0.7062 (awrt 4 dp)
(d)
M1: Chooses interval 0.72825,0.72835 or a smaller interval containing the root
A1: Substitutes both values into a suitable function, calculates both and follows with a reason and a
conclusion.
Accept as suitable functions, 2 2 3 4sin , x
3
2 x 4sin x
NB: 0.72825 3 3
0.0001, 0.72835 0.00006
2 0.72825 4sin 0.72825 2 0.72835 4sin 0.72835
Requires calculation correct to 1 sf rounded or truncated, reason (change in sign) and a minimal
conclusion such as root/ turning point/ proven, hence suitable interval.
26
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
12 (a) dV
States or uses 0.4 0.2 h B1
dt
dV
States or uses V 4 h 4 M1A1
dh
dV dV dh dh
Uses 0.4 0.2 h 4 M1
dt dh dt dt
dh
20 2 h
dt A1*
(5)
(b) dh
Separates the variables 20 1dt M1
2 h
2.25
20
t dh A1*
0.16 2 h
(2)
(c) h (2 x) dh 2(2 x)dx
2
B1
20 20
T dh 2(2 x)dx M1
2 h 2 (2 x)
80
40 dx
x dM1A1
(No need for limits here)
2.25 0.5
20 80
T dh 40 dx 80ln x 40 x 1.6
0.5
ddM1
0.16 2 h 1.6
x
80ln 0.5 20 80ln1.6 64 80ln 3.2 44 49 minutes dddM1A1
(7)
(14 marks)
(a)
dV
B1: States or uses 0.4 0.2 h . This may be embedded within the chain rule but must be
dt
dV
identifiable as
dt
dV dV
M1: Attempts from an equation for the volume of a cylinder. Accept V c h c
dh dh
dV
A1: 4 This may be embedded within the chain rule
dh
dV dV dh dV dV
M1: Uses a correct form of the chain rule: Eg with their and
dt dh dt dh dt
dh dh dV
Also accept forms such as
dt dV dt
dh
A1*: 20 2 h This is a given answer so no errors must be seen e.g. bracketing errors.
dt
27
(b)
dh dh 1
M1: Separates variables, no need for limits or integral sign e.g. 1dt ,
20 dt
2 h 2 h 20
Accept for this mark an equation where the dh is in the numerator and 2 h in the denominator on
one
side and dt is on the other side, with or without the integral signs. The “20” may appear on either
side but must
be correctly placed.
2.25
20
A1*: cao t dh Correct expression as printed.
0.16 2 h
(c)
dh dh
B1: Accept h (2 x)2 dh 2(2 x)dx or 2(2 x) or 2 h
dx dx
20 20
M1: Attempt to produce an integral just in x dh 2(2 x) dx
2 h 2 (2 x)
For this to be scored dh cannot just be replaced by dx
A
dM1: For an integral of the form B dx (This may be implied by subsequent integration)
x
Dependent on the previous M mark
80 80
A1: 40 dx (Allow 40 dx if the limits have clearly been “reversed” correctly)
x x
(May be implied by subsequent integration – beware that this may be done by e.g. integration by parts)
A
ddM1: B dx A ln x Bx . There is no need for limits.
x
Dependent on both previous M marks.
dddM1: Substitutes 0.5 and 1.6 into A ln x Bx and subtracts either way round.
Dependent on all previous M marks.
A1: Accept 80ln 3.2 44 (oe) or answers rounding to 49
28
Question
Number
Scheme Marks
160
13.(a) t 0 P 200 190 190 000 M1A1
15 1
(2)
e ae
kt kt
M1
(b )
dP (15 e0.8t ) 96e0.6t 160e0.6t 0.8e0.8t
M1A1
dt (15 e0.8t )2
(3)
(15 e 0.8t
) 96 e 160e 0.8e
0.6 t 0.6 t 0.8t
(c) Sets 0 e0.8t 45 M1A1
(15 e0.8t )2
ln 45
T 4.76 M1A1
0.8
(4)
(9 marks)
(a)
160
M1: Sets t = 0 in the top and bottom of the fraction, giving e0 1 . Award if candidate attempts 200 but not
15 1
200 160
This can be awarded for a correct answer.
15 1
A1: Correct answer only. Accept 190 000 or (P =) 190 (ants).
The answer is an integer so do not allow awrt 190 or awrt 190 000 i.e. there should be no decimals.
(b)
M1: For showing that ekt aekt where a is a constant. This may be embedded within the product or
quotient rule or their attempt to differentiate.
dP (15 e0.8t ) pe0.6t qe0.8t e0.6t
M1: For applying the quotient rule to obtain or applying the product rule to
dt (15 e0.8t )2
dP
obtain Ae0.6t (15 e0.8t )2 Be0.8t (15 e0.8t )1 Ce0.6t
dt
Allow invisible brackets for this mark but not for the A mark below.
dP
A1: A correct un-simplified or simplified
dt
dP (15 e ) 96e 160e 0.8e0.8t
0.8t 0.6 t 0.6 t
Note or 160e0.6t (15 e0.8t )2 0.8e0.8t (15 e0.8t )1 128e0.6t
dt (15 e0.8t )2
ln 45
A1: T or equivalent or awrt 4.76
0.8
29
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
14 (a) 1, 4.5 B1B1
(2)
(b) dy dy d 12sin cos 1
dx dx d 24cos sin 2cos
Attempts 2 M1A1
dy
Subs into 1 M1
3 dx
Uses gradient of normal with 1, 4.5 ( y 4.5) 1( x 1) ddM1
y x 3.5 A1*
(5)
(c) dx
Attempts y d 6sin 2 24cos 2 sin d M1A1
d
d A cos 2 sin cos 4 sin d
dx
Uses sin 2 1 cos2 y dM1
d
1
Area of trapezium= (3.5 4.5) 4 B1
2
sin cos d
0
(6)
(d)
Area of S = 4 144 cos cos 4 144 1 1 1 1
3 5 3
M1A1
3 5 0
24 160
3 5
181
A1
10
(3)
(16 marks)
(a)
B1: Either of 1, 4.5 . Accept any exact equivalent for 4.5 e.g. 18/4, 9/2…(May be seen on the diagram)
B1: Both 1, 4.5 . Accept any exact equivalent for 4.5 e.g. 18/4, 9/2…
(b)
dy dy d
M1: Attempts (Allow poor differentiation on y and/or x provided the functions are both
dx dx d
“changed”)
dy 12sin cos 1
24cos sin 2cos
A1: 2
dx
dy
M1: Subs into their 1
3 dx
30
dy
ddM1: Dependent upon both previous M's. It is for using the negative reciprocal of their with their
dx
1, 4.5 to produce an equation of a normal ( y 4.5) 1( x 1) . Need to be careful as m = 1 is easily
identifiable from the given answer.
7
A1*|:cso y x 3.5 (Allow y x )
2
(c)
dx
M1: Attempts to use area under a parametric curve = y d A sin 3 cos 2 d (Allow omission of
d
dθ and allow un-simplified)
A1:
6sin 2 24cos 2 sin d
dM1: Uses the identity sin 2 x 1 cos2 x to produce an expression in an 'integrable form'
A sin 3 cos 2 d
A sin 1 cos 2 cos 2 d A
sin cos 2
sin cos 4 d
ddM1: Attempts trapezium + area under curve. Look for '' 1 (3.5 4.5) '' A
sin cos d
3
3 2
2 0
OR alternatively '' (3.5 4.5) '' A sin cos 2 sin cos 4 d
1 3
2 0
The correct limits must be seen either way around and they must be adding an attempt at the area of
the trapezium.
Dependent on both previous M marks.
A1*: cso. Answer is given so all previous marks must have been awarded and no errors seen.
(d)
cos n 1
M1: sin cos n d in either term.
n 1
3 5
3 5
3 5
cos 3 cos 3 cos3 0 cos5 0
A1: Any correct (un-simplified) answer 4 144
5 5
or appropriate
3 3
limits if using substitution. If the (4 + 144) is bracketed then score A0 unless they recover.
181
A1: cso (oe)
10
Correct answer with no working scores no marks.
Attempts at using Cartesian forms should be sent to review.
31
Pearson Education Limited. Registered company number 872828
with its registered office at 80 Strand, London, WC2R 0RL, United Kingdom
32
Mark Scheme (Results)
October 2017
(But note that specific mark schemes may sometimes override these general principles).
1. Factorisation
2. Formula
Attempt to use the correct formula (with values for a, b and c).
2
b
Solving x + bx + c = 0 : x ± ± q ± c = 0, q ≠ 0 ,
2
leading to x = …
2
1. Differentiation
2. Integration
Use of a formula
Where a method involves using a formula that has been learnt, the advice given in recent examiners’ reports is
that the formula should be quoted first.
Normal marking procedure is as follows:
Method mark for quoting a correct formula and attempting to use it, even if there are mistakes in the substitution
of values.
Where the formula is not quoted, the method mark can be gained by implication from correct working with
values, but may be lost if there is any mistake in the working.
Exact answers
Examiners’ reports have emphasised that where, for example, an exact answer is asked for, or working with surds
is clearly required, marks will normally be lost if the candidate resorts to using rounded decimals.
Answers without working
The rubric says that these may not gain full credit. Individual mark schemes will give details of what happens in
particular cases. General policy is that if it could be done “in your head”, detailed working would not be required.
Most candidates do show working, but there are occasional awkward cases and if the mark scheme does not cover
this, please contact your team leader for advice.
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
1(a) x5 + x3 − 12 x 2 − 8 = 0 ⇒ x5 + x3 = 12 x 2 + 8 M1
(
4 3x 2 + 2 )
x 3
(x 2
) 2
+ 1= 12 x + 8 ⇒ x= 3 12 x 2 + 8
2
( x + 1)
or e.g. x = 3
2
( x + 1)
A1
3 12 x 2 + 8
Note that going straight from x + x = 12 x + 8 to x =5 3 2
( x 2 + 1)
is acceptable for the first 2 marks but the final mark should be withheld for not
explicitly showing the factorisation of the lhs
=⇒x 3
4 3x 2 + 2
= or x 3
(
4 2 + 3x 2 ) ( ) A1*
2 2
( x + 1) ( x + 1)
(3)
(b)
=x1 3=
(
4 3 × 22 + 2 ) 2.237 M1A1
2
2 +1
= =
x2 2.246, x3 2.247 A1
(3)
(c) Interval [ 2.2465,2.2475] ⇒ f ( 2.2465 )= ...,f ( 2.2475 )= ... M1
f (2.2465) =
−0.0057, f (2.2475) =
(+ )0.083 +Reason + Conclusion A1
(2)
(8 marks)
=
x 3
(
4 3x 2 + 2 ) ⇒ x3 ( x2 + 1)= 12 x 2 + 8 M1
2
Alt (a) ( x + 1)
x5 + x3 − 12 x 2 − 8 =0 A1
Statement Hence f ( x) = 0 A1*
(3)
(a)
M1: Attempts to write equation in the form x5 ± x3= 12 x 2 ± 8 or x3 ( x 2 ± 1)
= 12 x 2 ± 8.
2
A1: Intermediate line of x3 = 12 x + 8 seen
2
( x + 1)
A1*: cso with the factorisation of the lhs seen explicitly and a statement at the start that f(x) = 0 or
x5 + x3 − 12 x 2 − 8 = ( ) (
0 oe e.g. x3 x 2 + 1 − 4 3 x 2 + 2 =
0 )
Do not be overly concerned about the cube root encompassing the whole fraction but do not allow if it is
only unambiguously the numerator that has the cube root e.g. ⇒ x =
(
3 4 3x 2 + 2 )
( x 2 + 1)
Beware of other algebraic methods of establishing the result in (a) – if in doubt send to review.
(b)
Alternative for part (a): M1
M1: Cubes the printed result and multiplies up :
A1: Obtains the required equation with no errors Sub
A1*: Makes a conclusion (may be minimal e.g. tick, QED, # etc.) and x3 ( x 2 + 1) = x5 + x3 seen stit
explicitly in the working ute
s x0
= 2 into iterative equation to find x1 which may be implied by 3
(
4 3 × 22 + 2 ) or awrt 2.2
2
2 +1
A1: awrt x1 = 2.237
A1:= =
awrt x2 2.246, x3 2.247 (Accept commas for decimal points)
(c)
M1: Attempts to evaluate f(x) at both ends of a suitable interval such as [2.2465, 2.2475] with evidence of
substitution at least once or one correct end (1SF or 1 figure truncated). Accept a tighter interval as long as
it spans the root 2.24656. (NB x = 2.246564001)
A1: f (2.2465) = −0.0057, f (2.2475) = (+ )0.083 + Reason (Eg change of sign or < 0, > 0 against the
appropriate value or equivalent statement) + Conclusion (E.g. a minimum “root” or α = 2.247 or “suitable”
or “suitable interval” or “root lies between 2.2465 and 2.2475”)
Need both values correct to 1 significant figure or truncated.
4 (3 x2 + 2)
Note that candidates may use g ( x )= x − 3 with suitable values – this gives e.g.
x2 + 1
g(2.2465) = −0.000061..., g(2.2475) = (+ )0.000905... and is an acceptable method.
4 (3 x2 + 2)
If the candidate makes an attempt to compare x with 3 and constructs an argument this way and
x2 + 1
you think it may be worth some credit, please send to review.
In (c) do not accept attempts to repeatedly apply the iterative formula to show convergence.
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
2.(a)
dy dy
y 3 + x 2 y − 6 x =⇒
0 3 y2 + x2 + 2 xy − 6 =0 B1 M1 A1
dx dx
dy 6 − 2 xy
⇒ = M1A1
dx x 2 + 3 y 2
(5)
(b) 3
6 − 2 xy = 0 ⇒ y = M1
x
3 27 3 x 2
into y + x y − 6 x =0 ⇒ 3 + − 6 x =0
3 2
Substitute y = dM1
x x x
⇒ x4 =
9 ddM1A1
Points ( 3, 3 )( − 3, − 3 ) A1A1
(6)
(11 marks)
Alt(b) 3
6 − 2 xy = 0 ⇒ x = M1
y
9 3
into y + x y − 6 x = 0 ⇒ y + 2 y − 6 × = 0
3 3 2 3
Substitute x = dM1
y y y
⇒ y4 =
9 ddM1A1
Points ( 3, 3 )( − 3, − 3 ) A1A1
(6)
(a)
B1: Applies the product rule to x 2 y to obtain x 2 dy + 2 xy
dx
3 dy
M1: Applies the chain rule to y to obtain Ay 2
dx
d y
− 6 = 0. i.e. y differentiated correctly and −6 x → −6 and “= 0” seen or implied.
3
A1: y 3 − 6 x = 0 ⇒ 3 y 2
dx
dy dy
M1: Attempts to make the subject. This is dependent upon them having two terms in their derivative. One
dx dx
coming from their differentiation of x 2 y and the other from their differentiation of y 3
A1: Accept dy = 6 − 2 xy or equivalent.
dx2
x +3y
2
dy dy
Ignore a spurious " = " at the start but see the note above regarding where the ’s must come from for the second
dx dx
method mark.
If the candidate differentiates with respect to y, the same scheme can be applied:
dx dx dx
B1: x 2 y → x 2 + 2 xy . M1: −6 x → A A1: y 3 − 6 x =0 ⇒ 3 y 2 − 6 =0
dy dy dy
dx dx
M1: Attempts to make the subject. This is dependent upon them having two terms in their derivative. One
dy dy
coming from their differentiation of x 2 y and the other from their differentiation of −6x
dy 6 − 2 xy
A1: Accept = or equivalent.
dx x 2 + 3 y 2
If the candidate multiplies through by dx:
B1: x y → x dy + 2 xydx . M1: y 3 → Ay 2 dy A1: y 3 − 6 x =0 ⇒ 3 y 2 dy − 6dx =0
2 2
(b)
dy
M1: Sets the numerator of their = 0 and attempts to write x in terms of y or vice versa. This means that
dx
their numerator must be a function of x and y.
dy
= 0 into y + x y − 6 x =
3 2
dM1: Substitutes their answer to 0 to form an equation in one variable.
dx
Dependent on the first method mark.
ddM1: Reaches an equation of the form Ax m = Bx n OR Cy m = Dy n or equivalent e.g. Ax m − Bx n =
0 OR
Cy m − Dy n =
0 where m ≠ n . Dependent on both previous method marks.
4
A1: A correct equation, either x = 9 or y 4 = 9 or equivalent e.g. x 4 − 9 = 0 or y 4 − 9 =0 (May be implied
by correct coordinates below)
A1: Two correct values for x or y or a correct pair...likely to be x = 3 , y = 3
Allow equivalent exact values for 3 for this mark e.g. 4 9 or 3 or 4 27 or awrt 1.73
49 3
A1: All 4 values correct and simplified i.e. x = ± 3 , y = ± 3 . The points do not have to be explicitly
given as coordinates so just look for values but if any extra points/coordinates are given, this mark can be
1
withheld. Allow 3 2 for 3.
(a)
B1: 3500
(b)
M1: For substituting N =10000 and proceeding to (1.035 ) t ... A where ... is >, , =,< or
20 20 10000 100
A1: (1.035 ) t... where ... is >, , =, < or Accept awrt 2.86 for or equivalent e.g. ,
7 7 3500 35
M1: Proceeds correctly to find a value for t.
20 20
log ln 20
Accept expressions such as t... 7 , t... 7 or t...log or awrt 30.5 as evidence
log1.035 ln1.035 1.035 7
A1: 30hrs 31 mins or 30hrs 32 mins (Not 1831 minutes)
Attempts and Trial and Improvement should be sent to review.
(c)
dN dN dN
B1: For = 3500 (1.035 ) t ln1.035 or = 3500et ln1.035 ln1.035 (Allow = N ln1.035 )
dt dt dt
dN
M1: For substituting t = 8 into their which is a function of t but which is not the original function.
dt
A1: awrt 159 (Award as soon as a correct answer is seen and isw)
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
4 (a)
( 2
1 − cos 2 x 1 − 1 − 2sin x
≡
)
2sin x sin x
=
sin 2 x 2sin x cos x 2sin x cos x M1A1
2
1 − cos 2 x 2sin x
Allow ≡
sin 2 x 2sin x cos x
sin x
= = tan x A1*
cos x
(3)
Examples
1 − cos 2 x 1 − 1 + 2sin 2 x sin x
≡ = =
tan x M1A1A1
sin 2 x 2sin x cos x cos x
≡
( 2
1 − cos 2 x 1 − 1 − 2sin x
=
)
sin x
=
tan x M1A1A1
sin 2 x 2sin x cos x cos x
1 − cos 2 x 2sin 2 x
≡ =
tan x M1A1A0
sin 2 x 2sin x cos x
1 − cos 2 x 2sin 2 x
≡ =
tan x M1A1A1
sin 2 x 2sin x cos x
(3)
1 − cos 2θ
(b) 2
3sec= θ −7 2
⇒ 3sec= θ − 7 tan θ M1
sin 2θ
( )
⇒ 3 1 + tan 2 θ − 7 =tan θ M1
⇒ 3tan 2 θ − tan θ − 4 =
0 A1
⇒ (3 tan θ − 4)(tan θ +1) = 0
4
⇒ tan θ = , tan θ =−1 dM1
3
3 7
θ = 0.927, 4.069, π ( 2.356 ) , π ( 5.498 ) A1 A1
4 4
(6)
(9 marks)
(a)
M1: Score for using cos2x = 1 – 2sin2x and sin2x = 2sinxcosx
If cos2x = cos2x – sin2x is used first there must be an attempt to change into just sin2x by using the
identity sin2x + cos2x = 1. Condone missing brackets for this mark.
∫ ( (3x + 5) +e ) dx
( 3x + 5)10 e5 x
5(i) 9 5x
=
30
,+
5
( +c) M1A1, B1
(3)
(ii)
∫ 2
=
x
x +5
d x
1
2 (
ln x 2 + 5 ) M1A1
∫ ( ) ( 6)
x 1 2 1
2
= d x ln =6 ln b + 5 − ln 22 =
+ 5 ln M1
2 x + 5 2 2
b2 + 5
⇒ ln = ln 6 ⇒ b= 7 ddM1, A1
9
(5)
(8 marks)
(i)
M1: For an integral of the form C ( 3x + 5 )10 or C ( 3x + 5 )9 +1 where C is a constant and no other powers of
(3x + 5)
1
( 3x + 5)10 ( 3x + 5)
10
A1: . No need for + c. Allow un-simplified e.g. 3 .
30 10
5x e5 x
B1: e →
5
Mark each integration independently i.e. there is no need to see everything all on one line.
(ii)
2
( )
M1: For an answer of the form C ln k x + 5 where C and k are constants. Allow log for ln.
1
1
( ) ( 1
)
A1: ln k x 2 + 5 or ln k x 2 + 5 2 or ln k x 2 + 5 . Allow log for ln.
2 2
M1: Substitutes in both 2 and b for x correctly and subtracts either way around and sets equal to ln ( 6 ) .
ddM1: Removes logs correctly to obtain an equation in b. Dependent on both previous M marks.
A1: b = 7 only. b = ±7 scores A0 unless the -7 is rejected.
Note: May see integration by substitution in (ii)
u x2 + 5
E.g. =
∫ ∫
x x du
M1: =2
dx = 12 ln u
x +5 u 2x
For an answer of the form C ln k ( u ) where C is a constant Allow log for ln as above.
A1: 1 ln ku
2
( )
b +5 2
M1: 1 ln u = 1 ln b 2 + 5 − 1 =
ln 9 ln 6
2 9 2 2
Substitutes in both 9 and b2 + 5 correctly and subtracts either way around and sets equal to ln ( 6 ) .
ddM1: Removes logs correctly to obtain an equation in b. Dependent on both previous M marks.
A1: b = 7 only. b = ±7 scores A0 unless the -7 is rejected.
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
6 (a) 0.41576 B1
(1)
(b) π
Strip width = B1
4
1 π
{
Area ≈ × × 0 + 2 ( 0.76679 + 0.41576 + 0.15940 ) + 0}
2 4
Or separate trapezia:
1 π 1 π M1
× × {0 + 0.766792} + × × {0.766792 + 0.41576} +
2 4 2 4
1 π 1 π
× × { 0.41576 + 0.15940} + × × { 0.15940 + 0}
2 4 2 4
1.0540 A1
(3)
(c) 1 1
Uses vu ′ + uv′ :
dy 1
2e − x × ( sin x ) 2 (cos x) − 2e − x ( sin x ) 2
−
=
dx 2
or
1 1 M1A1A1
1
e × 2 × ( sin x ) 2 (cos x) − 2e x ( sin x ) 2
−
vu′ − uv′
x
dy 2
Uses : =
v2 dx e2 x
(3)
(d) dy 1 −
1 1
0 ⇒ 2e− x × (sin x) (cos x) − 2e − x (sin x) =
= 2
0 2
dx 2
cos x = 2sin x M1
1
tan x = ⇒ x = 0.464 dM1A1
2
(3)
(10 marks)
(a)
B1: awrt 0.41576
(Note that degrees gives 0.068835….and scores B0)
(b)
π 1 π π
B1: Strip width = or awrt 0.785. This may be implied by seeing × × {...} or × {...} within the
4 2 4 8
trapezium formula
M1: Correct structure for the trapezium formula. Do not condone missing brackets unless they are implied
by subsequent work. (Allow the 0’s to be omitted in the brackets)
A1: awrt 1.0540 (Not 1.054) (note that this mark is still available even if (a) is not given to the required
accuracy)
(Note that degrees gives 0.78149…)
(c)
−x
M1: Uses vu’+uv’ = =
with u / v 2e ,u / v ( sin x )0.5 If the rule is quoted it must be correct.
−x
=
It may be implied by, for example, u 2e= ,v sin x followed by their= v ' .. and vu '+ uv '
u ' ..,=
If it is not quoted nor implied then look for an expression of the form f(x) ± g(x) where f(x) or g(x) is of the form
−0.5
Ae − x sin x or Ae − x ( sin x ) cos x with A non-zero.
A1: Either term of the derivative correct
1 1
A1: Completely correct derivative dy = 1
2e − x × ( sin x ) 2 (cos x) − 2e − x ( sin x ) 2 . Allow un-simplified and
−
dx 2
allow …+–… for … – …
1 1
−
Penalise poor use of powers once only e.g. ( sin x ) written as sin x
−
2
2 unless corrected later.
2 sin x vu′ − uv′
Quotient rule on
x
: M1: Uses =
2 ( sin x )0.5 , v e x If the rule is quoted it must be
with u 2=
e v
vu′ − uv′
=
correct. It may be implied by, for example, u 2=
sin x , v e x followed by their =
, u ' ..,=
v ' .. and
v2
If it is not quoted nor implied then look for an expression of the form dy = ( )
f x ± g ( x)
where f(x) or g(x) is of
( )
2
dx e x
−0.5
the form Ae x sin x or Ae x ( sin x ) cos x with A non-zero.
A1: Either term of the numerator correct, including the correct denominator.
1 1
1
e x × 2 × ( sin x ) 2 (cos x) − 2e x ( sin x ) 2
−
dy 2
A1: Completely correct derivative = . Allow un-simplified and
dx e2 x
allow …+–… for … – …
1 1
−
Penalise poor use of powers once only e.g. ( sin x ) 2 written as sin x 2 unless corrected later.
−
Note that in (d), some candidates may square once they reach A cos x = B sin x
E.g.
1
cos x =
2sin x ⇒ cos 2 x =
4sin 2 x ⇒ 5sin 2 x =
1 ⇒ sin x =
5
Or
2
cos x =
2sin x ⇒ cos 2 x =
4sin 2 x ⇒ 5cos 2 x =
4 ⇒ cos x =
5
1
In such cases, score dM1 for reaching cos x = α or cos x = β α , β ≠ and A1 for x = awrt 0.464 but
2
withhold the A1 if there are any extra solutions in range.
(b)
81
M1: Finds the sum of the coefficients of their two x2 terms and sets equal to and proceeds to find a value
16
27 9 81
for k. E.g. 4 × ""+ " " k = ⇒ k = ...
16 16 16
A1: cso k = −3 (Must come from correct work)
(c)
M1: Finds the sum of the coefficients of their two x terms using their value of k and proceeds to find a
9 1
value for A. E.g. A =
4 × " "+ " " k
16 8
15 15
A1: A = oe e.g. 1.875 (If k = – 3 is obtained fortuitously in (b) allow A = here)
8 8
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
8 2 + ... B1
A B
Obtains + where A and B are constants M1
x x −1
3 1
or − or A = 3 or B = – 1 A1
x x −1
3 1 A1 (B1
−
x x −1 on Epen)
4 4
∫ ∫
2 x2 − 3 3 1
=
dx 2 + x − x − 1 dx
3
x( x − 1) 3
=[ 2 x + 3ln x − ln( x − 1) ] 34 M1 A1ft
128
=( 8 + 3ln 4 − ln 3) − ( 6 + 3ln 3 − ln 2 ) =2 + ln M1 A1cso
81
(8 marks)
B1: 2 +…
A B
M1: Obtains + where A and B are constants
x x −1
3 1
A1: or − or one correct constant
x x −1
3 1
B1: −
x x −1
∫
* *
M1: For + dx → p ln mx + q ln n( x − 1) where *, p, q, m and n are constants.
x x −1
A1ft: 2 x + 3ln x − ln( x − 1) . Follow through their “2”, A and B so look for “2”x+Alnx+Bln(x – 1). This
mark can be withheld if the brackets are missing unless subsequent work suggests their intended presence.
M1: For substituting in 3 and 4, subtracting either way around and using correct addition or subtraction log
laws at least once.
27
128 47 + 4 ) 2 + ln 128 + c is also A0
A1: cso 2 + ln or 2 + ln 1 (Do not allow 2 ln
81 81 3 81
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
Shape B1
9(a)(i)
( e2 , 0 ) B1
Asymptote
B1
x=0
(3)
Shape B1ft
(a)(ii)
Asymptote and
B1ft
coordinate
(2)
(b) 2 ln x − 4 = 4 ⇒ ln x = 4 ⇒ x = e 4 M1A1
2 ln x − 4 =−4 ⇒ ln x =0 ⇒ x =1 M1A1
(4)
(c) gf ( x) = e2 ln x − 4 + 5 − 2, = e1 × e2 ln x − 2 = e x 2 − 2 M1,dM1A1
(3)
(d) gf(x) > − 2 B1
(1)
(13 marks)
(a)(i)
B1: For a logarithmic shaped curve in any position. For this mark be tolerant on slips of the pen at either end. See
Practice and Qualification for examples.
B1: Intersection with the x axis at ( e2 ,0 ) .
Allow e2 marked on the x axis. Condone ( 0, e2 ) being marked on the positive x axis.
Do not allow e2 appearing as 7.39 for this mark unless e2 is seen in the body of the script.
Allow if the coordinate is given in body of script. If they are given in the body of the script and differently
on the curve (save for the decimal equivalent) then the ones on the curve take precedence.
B1: Equation of asymptote is x = 0 (do not allow “ y-axis”). Note that the curve must appear to have an asymptote
at x = 0
(a)(ii)
B1ft: For either the correct shape or a reflection of their “negative” curve in (a) in the x-axis. For this to be scored it
must have appeared both above and below the x-axis. The curve to the lhs of the intercept must appear to
have the correct curvature
B1ft: Score for the correct coordinates and asymptote. Alternatively follow through on the coordinates and
asymptote given in part (a) as long as the curve appeared both above and below the x-axis and the curve
approaches the same asymptote stated in (a)(i). Do not penalise “y-axis” given as the asymptote twice – i.e.
penalise in (a)(i) only.
If the curves are sketched on the same axes – it must be clear which curve is which – if in doubt use review.
(b)
M1: Sets 2lnx – 4 = 4 and proceeds to x = e…. This may be implied by an answer of awrt 55
4
A1: x e
4
A correct answer only of x e implies both marks.
M1: Sets –2lnx + 4 = 4 and proceeds to x = e… or sets 2lnx + 4 = – 4 and proceeds to x = e…
May be implied by an answer of e°
A1: x = 1
Note that x = 1 may be found by symmetry if (1, -4) is identified as a point on the original curve.
Allow M1A1 if x = 1 is found by this approach.
Alternative by squaring:
M1: ( 2 ln x − 4 ) = 16 ⇒ 4 ( ln x ) − 16 ln x + 16 = 16 ⇒ ln x =
2 2
...
Squares both sides including expanding lhs and proceeds to solve for lnx
M1: Proceeds from lnx = … to find at least one value for x
A1: x = e4
A1: x = 1
(c)
is gf ( x) e2 ln x − 4 + 5 − 2
M1: Attempts gf ( x) the correct way around. Evidence=
Look for gf ( x) = e 2 ln x ± ......
dM1: Correct processing leading to an expression of the form ek x 2 − 2, k ≠ 0
(Only allow slips on the “– 4 + 5”)
A1: cso ex2 – 2 (Allow e1x2 – 2)
(d)
B1: Acceptable answers are: “ > – 2”, gf(x) > – 2, range > – 2, y > – 2, −2 < gf ( x) < ∞, ( −2, ∞ ) but not x > – 2
Allow in words e.g. gf is greater than – 2 or y is bigger than –2 etc.
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
10 (a) 20 × 4 80
=
t (t − 4) = 0 ⇒ t = 4 Hence x = M1A1
2× 4 +1 9
(2)
(b)
20t dx 20(2t + 1) − 20t × 2 20
x= ⇒ = = M1A1
2t + 1 dt ( 2t + 1) 2 ( 2t + 1) 2
dy
dy dt ( 2t − 4 ) ( t − 2 )( 2t + 1) 2
= = =, M1A1,A1
dx dx 20 10
dt ( 2t + 1) 2
(5)
Mark c(i) and (ii) together:
(c)(i) 20t x −x
x= ⇒ 2tx + x = 20t ⇒ t (20 − 2 x) = x ⇒ t = or M1A1
2t + 1 20 − 2 x 2 x − 20
(2)
(ii) x x x
Sub t = into y = t (t − 4) ⇒ y = − 4 M1
20 − 2 x 20 − 2 x 20 − 2 x
x x 4 ( 20 − 2 x )
⇒
= × −
20 − 2 x
y dM1
20 − 2 x 20 − 2 x
x 9 x − 80
⇒
= ×
20 − 2 x 20 − 2 x
y
x(9 x − 80)
=⇒y , oe =
0 < x < 10 or k 10 A1, B1
( 20 − 2 x ) 2
(4)
(13 marks)
(a)
M1: Attempts to find x when t = 4
80 80
A1: (Not 8.88… but isw if is seen)
9 9
(Ignore any attempts to find x when t = 0)
(b)
20t
M1: Attempts to apply the quotient rule on with u= 20t , =
v 2t + 1
2t + 1
20t B
Alternatively applies the product rule on 20t ( 2t + 1) −1 OR writes as A − and uses the
2t + 1 2t + 1
chain rule
dx 20(2t + 1) − 20t × 2
or= 20(2t + 1)−1 + 20t × −2 ( 2t + 1) −2
dx
A1: =
dt ( 2t + 1) 2 dt
dy
dy dx
M1: Attempts to use = dt . Need to see correct chain rule seen or implied with their and their
dx dx dt
dt
dy
which is not y.
dt
correct and un-simplified. Score for dy = ( 2t − 4 )
dy
A1:
dx dx 20
( 2t + 1) 2
Allow “invisible” brackets to be recovered if a correct answer appears later.
dy ( t − 2 )( 2t + 1)
2
A1: =
dx 10
(c)(i)
20t
M1: A full attempt to make t the subject of x = . Need to see a correct method here with sign slips
2t + 1
±x
only so must reach t = .
±20 ± 2 x
x −x
A1: t = or equivalent e.g. t =
20 − 2 x 2 x − 20
(c)(ii)
x
M1: Substitutes THEIR t = into y = t(t – 4) to find y in terms of x
20 − 2 x
dM1: Uses a correct common denominator, adapting the numerator of the second fraction. Condone sign
errors only when combining their fractions either inside the brackets or once the brackets have been
expanded. Dependent on the first method mark.
x(9 x − 80) x(9 x − 80) 9 x 2 − 80 x
A1: y = =
Accept exact alternatives such as y = ,y ,
4 (10 − x ) 4 (10 − x )
2 2
( 20 − 2 x ) 2
9 x 2 − 80 x
y=
400 − 80 x + 4 x 2
Note that it is possible to find y from integrating dy/dx as a function of x – send such cases to review.
B1: Accept either the domain is 0 < x < 10 or k = 10
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
11 (a) 1 1
du 1 − dh 1 −
= − h 2 OR −2(5 − u ) or du = − h 2 dh etc.
= B1
dh 2 du 2
∫ ∫ ∫
dh −2(5 − u )du −10
= = + 2 du M1dM1A1
5− h u u
=
−10 ln u + 2u + c
= (
−10 ln 5 − h + 2 5 − h + c ) ( ) M1
= (
−10 ln 5 − h − 2 h + k ) A1*
(6)
(b) 0.2
5− h ( )
∫( ∫
dh t dh t 0.2 dt
= ⇒ = B1
dt 5 5− h ) 5
t 1.2
(
⇒ −10 ln 5 − h − 2 h + k = ) 6
or equivalent M1A1
⇒ t1.2
= 39.94 ⇒
= t 21.6 (or 21.7) dM1A1
(7)
(c)
dh 21.6
0.2
5 − 15
= = 0.42 = 42 (cm per year)
( ) B1
dt 5
(1)
(14 marks)
0.2
5− h ( )
∫( ∫
dh t 5dh
= ⇒ = t 0.2 dt B1
dt 5 5− h )
t 1.2
( )
Note
this is ⇒ −50 ln 5 − h − 10 h + ' k ' = or equivalent M1A1
1.2
where
“5” is Substitute t= 0, h= 2 ⇒ k= 50 ln 5 − 2 + 10 2= ( ) ( awrt 78 ) M1
brought Substitute h = 15
to lhs
t 1.2
( ) ( )
M1
⇒ =
−50 ln 5 − 15 − 10 15 + 50 ln 5 − 2 + 10 2
1.2
⇒ t1.2
= 39.94 ⇒
= t 21.6 (or 21.7) dM1A1
(7)
(a)
1 1
du 1 − dh 1 −
B1: For = − h 2 OR −2(5 − u ) or equivalent. For example accept versions such as du = − h 2 dh
=
dh 2 du 2
and dh = −2 h du
M1: Attempts to rewrite the integral in terms of h to an integral in terms of u. Expect to see both dh and
5 − h written in terms of u but dh ≠ du
∫
A
dM1: Divides by 'u' to reach a form + B du where A and B are constants. Dependent on the first
u
method mark.
∫ ∫
−10 −5
A1: + 2 du or e.g. 2 + 1 du
u u
∫
A
M1: u + B du → A ln u + Bu → A ln 5 − h + B 5 − h + C
( ) ( )
Reaches A ln ( 5 − h ) + B ( 5 − h ) with or without a constant of integration
A1*: CSO. There must have been a constant at the point of integration above and evidence that
2 ( 5 − h ) + c → −2 h + k but do not accept 2 ( 5 − h ) + k → −2 h + k unless it is accompanied by an
explanation that 10 + k is a constant.
−10 ln ( 5 − h ) + 10 − 2 h + c where 10 + c = k which is
May see −10 ln ( 5 − h ) + 2 ( 5 − h ) + c =
acceptable.
(b)
B1: Separates the variables.
∫ (5 − ∫
dh t 0.2 dt
=
)
Accept or equivalent, even without the integral signs.
h 5
∫ (5 − ( ) ∫
dh
→ A ln 5 − h + B h ( + k ) and t 0.2 dt → C t1.2 (Allow C = 1)
h )
t 1.2 t 1.2
( )
A1: −10 ln 5 − h − 2 h + k = or −10 ln 5 − h − 2 h =
6 6
+c ( )
t 1.2 t 1.2
( )
−50 ln 5 − h − 10 h + ' k ' = or −50 ln 5 − h − 10 h =
1.2 1.2
+c ( )
All correct with the constant appearing one side or the other (or both)
Note that some candidates think the k in part (a) is 10 – in these cases, provided all the work is
correct, allow all the marks in (b) and (c) but a constant of integration must be found.
M1: Substitutes t = 0 and h = 2 to find a value for their constant
dM1: Substitute h = 15 in an equation for t involving a numerical constant. Dependent on the previous
method mark.
dM1: All previous method marks must have been scored. It is for obtaining a value for t (even if the
processing is poor).
= =
A1: cso t 21.6 (years) or t 21.7 (years)
Alternative:
∫( ∫
dh t 0.2 dt
=
)
Accept or equivalent, even without the integral signs.
5− h 5
M1: Attempts to integrate both sides. Must see:
∫( ( ) ∫
dh
→ A ln 5 − h + B h ( + k ) and t 0.2 dt → C t1.2
5− h )
T
t 1.2
( )
15
A1: −10 ln 5 − h − 2 h =
2 6 0
All correct with the correct limits attached (constants not needed but may be present)
M1: Substitutes h = 15 and h = 2 and subtracts
t 1.2
dM1: Substitutes t = “T” and t = 0 and subtracts – may be implied by just . Dependent on the
6
previous method mark.
dM1: All previous method marks must have been scored. It is for finding t.
= =
A1: cso t 21.6 (years) or t 21.7 (years)
(c)
B1: 42 only
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
12(a)
( 2, 0, 7 ) B1
(1)
(b) 2 8
−2 . 4 = 16 − 8 + 1 = 3 × 9 cosθ M1A1
1 1
1
cos θ = A1
3
2
1 8 2
Uses sin 2θ + cos 2θ =
1 ⇒ sinθ =−
1 = =2 M1A1*
3 9 3
(5)
(c) AB = 82 + 82 + 42 OR AB= 4 × '3' M1
1 1 2
Area = ' ab sin C ' = × 12 × 24 × 2 = 96 2 M1A1
2 2 3
(3)
(d) length AC 24
Attempts to find value of µ by =
( 8, 4,1) 9 M1A1
2 8
Attempts 0 ± 8 4 dM1
3
7 1
70 32 29 58 32 13
3 , 3 , 3 , − 3 , − 3 , 3 A1A1
(5)
(14 marks)
(a)
B1: Accept ( 2, 0, 7 ) or the vector equivalent
(b)
M1: Correct full method for the scalar product of the direction vectors or any multiple of the direction
vectors.
2 8
A1: −2 . 4 = 16 − 8 + 1 = 2 + 2 + 1 × 8 + 4 + 1 cosθ
2 2 2 2 2 2
1 1
A correct numerical statement involving cosθ
May see the cosine rule e.g. 72 = 32 + 92 − 2 22 + 22 + 12 × 82 + 42 + 12 cosθ or equivalent
1
A1: cos θ = oe (may be implied)
3
2
1
M1: Uses sin θ + cos θ =
2 2
1 ⇒ sinθ =−
1 their . Allow methods using a right angled triangle but must
3
1 32 − 1
see correct work e.g. cos θ =⇒ sin θ = . Also this mark may be implied by a correct answer of
3 3
2 1 1 2
2 . So allow e.g. cos θ =⇒ sin θ = sin cos −1 = 2 or
3 3 3 3
1 2 1 2
cos θ = ⇒ θ = 70.52...sin θ = sin ( 70.52...) = 2 or just cos θ =⇒ sin θ = 2
3 3 3 3
8 2
θ
A1*: sin= = 2 with no need to state the value of k.
9 3
(c)
M1: A correct method of finding AB = b − a = 82 + 82 + 42 or alternatively uses AB = 4 × '3'
1 1 1
M1: Uses Area = ' AB × 2 AB sin θ ' with their sinθ but not ' AB × AB sin θ '
2 2 2
A1: 96 2
(d)
length AC
M1: Attempts to find value of µ by or e.g. ( 8µ ) 2 + ( 4µ ) 2 + µ2 =
"24" or
( 8, 4,1)
( 8µ ) 2 + ( 4µ ) 2 + µ2 =
"24"2
70 32 29 58 32 13
A1: Both of , , , − , − , .
3 3 3 3 3 3
70 − 58
3 3
1 70 1 −58 1
Allow in vector form as or 32 or
32 − or −32 but not e.g. ( 70,32, 29 )
32
3 3 3 3 3
29 29 13 13
3 3
= OA ± 2 AB is common and gives (18, −16,15 ) , ( −14,16, −1) and generally scores no
Note that using OC
marks in (d).